all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
various |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 3.18 MiB | February 02 2018 / January 08 2018 | |||
various |
|
User Manual Regulatory | Users Manual | 2.00 MiB | February 02 2018 / January 08 2018 | |||
various |
|
User Manual Regulatory Guide | Users Manual | 4.41 MiB | February 06 2016 | |||
various |
|
Users Manual | Users Manual | 1.96 MiB | January 06 2016 | |||
various | Cover Letter(s) | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | Attestation Statements | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | February 02 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | February 02 2018 / January 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | Attestation Statements | January 06 2016 / February 06 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | January 06 2016 | ||||||
various | Attestation Statements | February 06 2016 | ||||||
various | Attestation Statements | |||||||
various | Attestation Statements | |||||||
various | External Photos | September 03 2016 / July 09 2016 | ||||||
various | Internal Photos | September 03 2016 / July 09 2016 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Attestation Statements | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 03 2016 / July 09 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 03 2016 / July 09 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 03 2016 / November 03 2016 |
various | User Manual | Users Manual | 3.18 MiB | February 02 2018 / January 08 2018 |
User Guide Copyright 2018 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. Intel, Celeron, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Windows is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: January 2018 Document Part Number: L17690-001 Product notice Software terms By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. This guide describes features that are common to most products. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions or versions of Windows. Systems may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers, software or BIOS update to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Windows 10 is automatically updated, which is always enabled. ISP fees may apply and additional requirements may apply over time for updates. Go to http://www.microsoft.com for details. To access the latest user guides, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and follow the instructions to find your product. Then select User Guides. Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select products only) IMPORTANT: Select products are configured with an Intel Pentium N35xx/N37xx series or a Celeron N28xx/N29xx/N30xx/N31xx series processor and a Windows operating system. If your computer is configured as described, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select products only) Table of contents 1 Starting right ................................................................................................................................................ 1 Best practices ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 More HP resources ................................................................................................................................................. 2 2 Getting to know your computer ...................................................................................................................... 4 Locating hardware ................................................................................................................................................. 4 Locating software .................................................................................................................................................. 4 Right side ............................................................................................................................................................... 5 Left side ................................................................................................................................................................. 7 Display .................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Keyboard area ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 TouchPad ........................................................................................................................................... 10 Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 11 Speakers and camera ........................................................................................................................ 12 Special keys ....................................................................................................................................... 13 Action keys ........................................................................................................................................ 14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................................................. 15 Labels ................................................................................................................................................................... 16 3 Connecting to a network .............................................................................................................................. 18 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................................... 18 Using the wireless controls ............................................................................................................... 18 Airplane mode key .......................................................................................................... 18 Operating system controls ............................................................................................. 18 Connecting to a WLAN ....................................................................................................................... 19 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) .......................................................................... 20 Using GPS (select products only) ...................................................................................................... 20 Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) ................................................................. 20 Connecting Bluetooth devices ........................................................................................ 21 Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) ............................................................................. 21 4 Enjoying entertainment features .................................................................................................................. 22 Using the camera ................................................................................................................................................. 22 Using audio .......................................................................................................................................................... 22 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................................... 22 Connecting a microphone ................................................................................................................. 22 vii Connecting headsets ......................................................................................................................... 22 Using sound settings ......................................................................................................................... 23 Using video .......................................................................................................................................................... 23 Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select products only) ............................................ 23 Setting up HDMI audio .................................................................................................... 24 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) ...... 25 Using data transfer .............................................................................................................................................. 25 Connecting devices to a USB Type-C port (select products only) ..................................................... 25 5 Navigating the screen .................................................................................................................................. 26 Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures ........................................................................................................ 26 Tap ..................................................................................................................................................... 26 Two-finger pinch zoom ..................................................................................................................... 27 Two-finger slide (TouchPad only) ..................................................................................................... 27 Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) ........................................................................................................ 27 Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) ....................................................................................................... 27 Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) ................................................................................................. 28 One-finger slide (touch screen only) ................................................................................................. 29 Using an optional keyboard or mouse ................................................................................................................. 29 Using an on-screen keyboard (select products only) .......................................................................................... 29 6 Managing power .......................................................................................................................................... 30 Using Sleep and Hibernation ............................................................................................................................... 30 Initiating and exiting Sleep ............................................................................................................... 30 Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) ................................................................. 31 Shutting down (turning off) the computer .......................................................................................................... 31 Using the Power icon and Power Options ............................................................................................................ 32 Running on battery power ................................................................................................................................... 32 Using HP Fast Charge (select products only) .................................................................................... 32 Displaying battery charge ................................................................................................................. 32 Finding battery information in HP Support Assistant (select products only) .................................. 33 Conserving battery power ................................................................................................................. 33 Identifying low battery levels ........................................................................................................... 33 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................................ 34 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ................................... 34 Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ................................. 34 Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation .................. 34 Factory-sealed battery ...................................................................................................................... 34 Running on external power ................................................................................................................................. 34 viii 7 Maintaining your computer .......................................................................................................................... 36 Improving performance ....................................................................................................................................... 36 Using Disk Defragmenter .................................................................................................................. 36 Using Disk Cleanup ............................................................................................................................ 36 Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) ................................................................................ 36 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status .............................................................................. 37 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................................... 37 Cleaning your computer ...................................................................................................................................... 37 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................................... 37 Cleaning the display ........................................................................................................ 38 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................................. 38 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) ............................. 38 Traveling with or shipping your computer .......................................................................................................... 38 8 Securing your computer and information ...................................................................................................... 40 Using passwords .................................................................................................................................................. 40 Setting Windows passwords ............................................................................................................. 40 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords ............................................................................................. 41 Using Windows Hello (select products only) ....................................................................................................... 41 Using Internet security software ......................................................................................................................... 42 Using antivirus software ................................................................................................................... 42 Using firewall software ..................................................................................................................... 42 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................................. 42 Using HP Managed Services (select products only) ............................................................................................ 43 Securing your wireless network .......................................................................................................................... 43 Backing up your software applications and information .................................................................................... 43 Using an optional security cable (select products only) ..................................................................................... 43 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................................. 44 Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) ................................................................................................................................ 44 Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) .............................................................................................................................. 44 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................................... 44 Downloading a BIOS update .............................................................................................................. 45 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics .............................................................................................................. 46 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows ..................................................................................................... 46 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows ....................................................................... 46 Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows version ....................... 47 Downloading HP Hardware Diagnostics Windows by product name or number
(select products only) ..................................................................................................... 47 ix Installing HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows ............................................................................. 47 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI ............................................................................................................. 47 Starting HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI ....................................................................................... 48 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive .............................................. 48 Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version .............................. 48 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number
(select products only) ..................................................................................................... 48 Using Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings (select products only) ............................................. 49 Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI ................................................................. 49 Downloading the latest Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version ................. 49 Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number ............................................................................................................................ 49 Customizing Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings .................................................... 49 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering ......................................................................................................... 51 Using Windows tools ........................................................................................................................................... 51 Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) ........................................................................................... 51 Using HP Recovery Manager to create recovery media .................................................................... 52 Before you begin ............................................................................................................. 52 Creating the recovery media ........................................................................................... 52 Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create recovery media .......................................... 53 Restoring and recovery ........................................................................................................................................ 53 Restoring, resetting, and refreshing using Windows tools .............................................................. 53 Restoring using HP Recovery Manager and the HP Recovery partition ........................................... 53 Recovering using HP Recovery Manager ........................................................................................... 53 Recovering using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ................................................ 54 Recovering using HP Recovery media ............................................................................................... 54 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................................................... 55 Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ............................................................ 55 12 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 56 Input power .......................................................................................................................................................... 56 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................................... 57 13 Electrostatic Discharge .............................................................................................................................. 58 14 Accessibility .............................................................................................................................................. 59 Supported assistive technologies ....................................................................................................................... 59 Contacting support .............................................................................................................................................. 59 x Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 60 xi xii 1 Starting right This computer is a powerful tool designed to enhance your work and entertainment. Read this chapter to learn about best practices after you set up your computer, fun things to do with your computer, and where to find additional HP resources. Best practices After you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps to get the most out of your smart investment:
Back up your hard drive by creating recovery media. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 51. If you havent already done so, connect to a wired or wireless network. See details in Connecting to a network on page 18. Become familiar with the computer hardware and software. For more information, see Getting to know your computer on page 4 and Enjoying entertainment features on page 22. Update or purchase antivirus software. See Using antivirus software on page 42. Best practices 1 More HP resources To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Contents Overview of computer setup and features Online chat with an HP technician Support telephone numbers Replacement parts videos (select products only) Maintenance and service guides HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury Electrical and mechanical safety information Important regulatory notices, including information about proper battery disposal, if needed. Specific warranty information about this computer Resource Setup Instructions HP support For HP support, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this document:
Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. Limited Warranty*
To access this document:
Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide.
*You can find your HP Limited Warranty located with the user guides on your product and/or on the CD or DVD provided in the box. In some countries or regions, HP may provide a printed warranty in the box. For countries or regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you can request a copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. For products purchased in Asia Pacific, you can 2 Chapter 1 Starting right Resource Contents write to HP at POD, PO Box 161, Kitchener Road Post Office, Singapore 912006. Include your product name, and your name, phone number, and postal address. More HP resources 3 2 Getting to know your computer Your computer features top-rated components. This chapter provides details about your components, where they're located, and how they work. Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:
Type device manager in the taskbar search box, and then select the Device Manager app. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. For information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn+esc
(select products only). Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:
Select the Start button. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Apps and Features. 4 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Right side Component
(1) Drive light Description Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. For more information about HP 3D DriveGuard, see NOTE:
Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) on page 36.
(2)
(3)
(4) Fingerprint reader (select products only) Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. Volume button (select products only) Controls speaker volume on the computer. Memory card reader Reads optional memory cards that enable you to store, manage, share, or access information.
(5)
(6)
(7) USB Type-C port USB SuperSpeed port HDMI port
(8) AC adapter and battery light To insert a card:
1. 2. Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the computer. Insert the card into the memory card reader, and then press in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:
Press in on the card, and then remove it from the memory card reader. Connects a USB device, such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch, and provides data transfer. NOTE: Cables and/or adapters (purchased separately) may be required. Connects a USB device, such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch, and provides high-speed data transfer. Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-
definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) device. White: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is fully charged. Blinking white: The AC adapter is disconnected and the battery has reached a low battery level. Amber: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charging. Right side 5 Component Description Off: The battery is not charging.
(9) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Left side Component Description
(1)
(2) USB 3.x SuperSpeed port Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in (microphone) combo jack Connects a USB device, provides high-speed data transfer, and even when the computer is off, charges products such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch. Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional standalone microphones. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled.
(3)
(4) Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. Power button NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button results in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. Left side 7 Component Description
(5) Power light Right-click the Power meter icon and then select Power Options. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-
saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power.
(6) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Display Component Description
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) WLAN antennas*
Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). Internal microphones Record sound. Camera light(s) Camera On: One or more cameras are in use. Allows you to video chat, record video, and record still images. To use your camera, see Using the camera on page 22. Some cameras also allow a facial recognition logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. For more information, see Using Windows Hello (select products only) on page 41. NOTE: Camera functions vary depending on the camera hardware and software installed on your product.
*The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this guide:
1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. 2. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. Display 9 Keyboard area TouchPad Component
(1)
(2)
(3) TouchPad zone Description Reads your finger gestures to move the pointer or activate items on the screen. For more information, see Using TouchPad and touch NOTE:
screen gestures on page 26. Left TouchPad button Right TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Lights Component Description
(1) Caps lock light
(2) Mute light On: Caps lock is on, which switches the key input to all capital letters. On: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. Keyboard area 11 Speakers and camera Component
(1)
(2) Speakers Camera (select products only) Description Produce sound. Allows you to video chat, record video, and record still images. To use your camera, see Using the camera on page 22. Some cameras also allow a facial recognition logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. For more information, see Using Windows Hello (select products only) on page 41. NOTE: Camera functions vary depending on the camera hardware and software installed on your product. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Special keys Component Description
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) esc key fn key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Executes specific functions when pressed in combination with another key. Windows key Opens the Start menu. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will close the Start menu. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. NOTE: On select products, the f5 action key turns the keyboard backlight feature off or on. Keyboard area 13 Action keys An action key performs the function indicated by the icon on the key. To determine which keys are on your product, see Special keys on page 13. To use an action key, press and hold the key. Icon Description Helps prevent side-angle viewing from onlookers. If needed, decrease or increase brightness for well-lit or darker environments. Press the key again to turn off the privacy screen. Decreases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Opens the How to get help in Windows 10 webpage. Switches the screen image between display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing this key alternates the screen image from the computer display to the monitor display to a simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Turns the keyboard backlight off or on (select products only). NOTE: To conserve battery power, turn off this feature. Plays the previous track of an audio CD or the previous section of a DVD or a Blu-ray Disc (BD).Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Starts, pauses, or resumes playback of an audio CD, a DVD, or a BD.Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Stops audio or video playback of a CD, a DVD, or a BD. Decreases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Increases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Mutes or restores speaker sound. 14 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Icon Description Turns the wireless feature on or off. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: The airplane mode key is also referred to as the wireless button. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Bottom Component Vent Description Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Bottom 15 Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. Labels may be in paper form or imprinted on the product. IMPORTANT: Check the following locations for the labels described in this section: the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, on the back of the display, or on the bottom of a tablet kickstand. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you may be asked for the serial number, the product number, or the model number. Locate this information before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. Component
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5) HP product name Model number Product ID Serial number Warranty period Component
(1)
(2) HP product name Product ID 16 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component
(3)
(4) Serial number Warranty period Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. Labels 17 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:
WLAN deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband ModuleGives you wireless connectivity over a wireless wide area network
(WWAN), a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations (similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using one or more of these features:
Airplane mode key (also called wireless button or wireless key) (referred to in this chapter as airplane mode key) Operating system controls Airplane mode key The computer may have an airplane mode key, one or more wireless devices, and one or two wireless lights. All the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. Operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:
Right-click the network status icon in the taskbar, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. 18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network Connecting to a WLAN NOTE: When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless router to the modem, and test the Internet service. To connect to a WLAN, follow these steps:
1. 2. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. Select the network status icon in the taskbar, and then connect to one of the available networks. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Enter the code, and then select Next to complete the connection. NOTE:
If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, right-click the network status icon in the NOTE:
taskbar, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Select Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. After the connection is made, select the network status icon at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Connecting to a wireless network 19 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) Your HP Mobile Broadband computer has built-in support for mobile broadband service. Your new computer, when used with a mobile operators network, gives you the freedom to connect to the Internet, send e-mail, or connect to your corporate network without the need for Wi-Fi hotspots. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service. The number may be printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, or on the back of the display. or You can find the number following these steps:
1. 2. 3. From the taskbar, select the network status icon. Select Network & Internet Settings. Under Network & Internet, select Status. Some mobile network operators require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM) card. A SIM card contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM card that is preinstalled. If the SIM card is not preinstalled, it may be included with the HP Mobile Broadband documents provided with your computer, or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. Using GPS (select products only) Your computer may be equipped with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device. GPS satellites deliver location, speed, and direction information to GPS-equipped systems. To enable GPS, make sure location is enabled under the Location setting. 1. 2. Type location in the taskbar search box, and then make the selection for location. Follow the on-screen instructions for using location settings. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) Computers (desktop, notebook) Phones (cellular, cordless, smartphone) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:
Audio devices (headset, speakers) Imaging devices (printer, camera) External keyboard Mouse 20 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network Connecting Bluetooth devices Before you can use a Bluetooth device, you must establish a Bluetooth connection. 1. 2. 3. Type bluetooth in the taskbar search box, and then select Bluetooth and other devices settings. Select Add Bluetooth or other device. Select your device from the list, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:
If the device requires verification, a pairing code is displayed. On the device you are adding, follow the on-screen instructions to verify that the code on your device matches the pairing code. For more information, refer to the documentation provided with the device. NOTE:
devices may have additional requirements; refer to the documentation provided with the device. If your device does not appear in the list, be sure that Bluetooth on that device is turned on. Some Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an RJ-45 (network) cable and a network jack or an optional docking device or expansion port, if there is no RJ-45 jack on the computer. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:
1. 2. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents interference from NOTE:
TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) 21 4 Enjoying entertainment features Use your HP computer as an entertainment hub to socialize via the camera, enjoy and manage your music, and download and watch movies. Or, to make your computer an even more powerful entertainment center, connect external devices like a monitor, projector, TV, speakers, or headphones. Using the camera Your computer has one or more cameras that enable you to connect with others for work or play. Cameras may be front facing, rear facing, or pop up. To determine which camera(s) are on your product, see Getting to know your computer on page 4. Most cameras allow you to video chat, record video, and record still images. Some also provide HD (high-
definition) capability, apps for gaming, or facial recognition software like Windows Hello. See Securing your computer and information on page 40 for details about using Windows Hello. To use your camera, type camera in the taskbar search box, and then select Camera from the list of applications. Using audio You can download and listen to music, stream audio content (including radio) from the web, record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. You can also play music CDs on the computer (on select models) or attach an external optical drive to play CDs. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-out
(headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Setting up HDMI audio on page 24. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting a microphone To record audio, connect a microphone to the microphone jack on the computer. For best results when recording, speak directly into the microphone and record sound in a setting free of background noise. Connecting headsets WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document:
Select the Start button, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Headphones combined with a microphone are called headsets. You can connect wired headsets to the audio-
out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer. 22 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features To connect wireless headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using sound settings Use sound settings to adjust system volume, change system sounds, or manage audio devices. To view or change sound settings:
Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. Your computer may include an enhanced sound system by Bang & Olufsen, B&O Play, or another provider. As a result, your computer may include advanced audio features that can be controlled through an audio control panel specific to your sound system. Use the audio control panel to view and control audio settings. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select the audio control panel specific to your system. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your video features, refer to HP Support Assistant. Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect an HDMI device to your computer, you need an HDMI cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on a high-definition TV or monitor, connect the high-definition device according to the following instructions:
1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. Using video 23 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the high-definition TV or monitor. PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:
Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of NOTE:
the external device, as follows. Select the Start button, select the Settings icon System. Under Display, select the appropriate resolution, and then select Keep changes.
, and then select Setting up HDMI audio HDMI is the only video interface that supports high-definition video and audio. After you connect an HDMI TV to the computer, you can then turn on HDMI audio by following these steps:
1. 2. 3. Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then select Playback devices. On the Playback tab, select the name of the digital output device. Click Set Default, and then click OK. To return the audio stream to the computer speakers:
1. 2. 3. Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. Click Set Default, and then click OK. 24 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays without leaving your current apps, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:
Type project in the taskbar search box, and then click Project to a second screen. Click Connect to a wireless display, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using data transfer Your computer is a powerful entertainment device that enables you to transfer photos, videos and movies from your USB devices to view on your computer. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the USB Type-C ports on the computer to connect a USB device, such as a cell phone, camera, activity tracker, or smartwatch, and transfer the files to your computer. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your USB Type-C features, refer to HP Support Assistant. Connecting devices to a USB Type-C port (select products only) NOTE: To connect a USB Type-C device to your computer, you need a USB Type-C cable, purchased separately. 1. Connect one end of the USB Type-C cable to the USB Type-C port on the computer. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the external device. Using data transfer 25 5 Navigating the screen Use touch gestures on the TouchPad Use touch gestures directly on the computer screen You can navigate the computer screen in one or more of the following ways:
Use an optional mouse or keyboard (purchased separately) Use an on-screen keyboard Use a pointing stick Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures The TouchPad helps you navigate the computer screen and control the pointer using simple touch gestures. You can also use the left and right TouchPad buttons as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. To navigate a touch screen (select products only), touch the screen directly using gestures described in this chapter. You can also customize gestures and view demonstrations of how they work. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. NOTE: Unless noted, gestures can be used on the TouchPad or a touch screen (select products only). Tap Use the tap/double-tap gesture to select or open an item on the screen. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone or touch screen to select the item. Double-tap an item to open it. 26 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Two-finger pinch zoom Use the two-finger pinch zoom to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers apart. Two-finger slide (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger slide to move up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger tap to open the menu for an object on the screen. NOTE: The two-finger tap performs the same function as right-clicking with the mouse. Tap two fingers on the TouchPad zone to open the options menu for the selected object. Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the four-finger tap to open the action center. Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures 27 Tap four fingers on the Touchpad to open the action center and view current settings and notifications. Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) Swipe 3 fingers away from you to see all open windows. Use the three-finger swipe to view open windows and to switch between open windows and the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers left or right to switch between open windows. Swipe 3 fingers toward you to show the desktop. 28 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen One-finger slide (touch screen only) Use the one-finger slide to pan or scroll through lists and pages, or to move an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. To move an object, press and hold your finger on an object, and then drag your finger to move the object. Using an optional keyboard or mouse An optional keyboard or mouse allows you to type, select items, scroll, and perform the same functions as you do using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and hot keys to perform specific functions. Using an on-screen keyboard (select products only) 1. 2. To display an on-screen keyboard, tap the keyboard icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Begin typing. NOTE: Suggested words may be displayed above the on-screen keyboard. Tap a word to select it. NOTE: Action keys and hot keys do not display or function on the on-screen keyboard. Using an optional keyboard or mouse 29 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power and an external power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Some power management features described in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using Sleep and Hibernation CAUTION: Several well-known vulnerabilities exist when a computer is in the Sleep state. To prevent an unauthorized user from accessing data on your computer, even encrypted data, HP recommends that you always initiate Hibernation instead of Sleep anytime the computer will be out of your physical possession. This practice is particularly important when you travel with your computer. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate Sleep while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Initiating and exiting Sleep on page 30. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. You can also initiate Hibernation manually. For more information, see Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) on page 31. Initiating and exiting Sleep Close the display (select products only). You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:
Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Sleep. Press the Sleep hot key; for example, fn+f3 (select products only). Briefly press the power button. You can exit Sleep in any of the following ways:
Tap the TouchPad (select products only). Press a key on the keyboard (select products only). If the computer is closed, raise the display (select products only). When the computer exits Sleep, your work returns to the screen. NOTE:
before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Sleep, you must enter your Windows password 30 Chapter 6 Managing power Initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. 2. 3. Right-click the Power icon
, and then select Power Options. In the left pane, select Choose what the power buttons do (wording may vary by product). Depending on your product, you can enable Hibernation for battery power or external power in any of the following ways:
Power buttonUnder Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I press the power button, and then select Hibernate. Sleep button (select products only)Under Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I press the sleep button, and then select Hibernate. Lid (select products only)Under Power and sleep buttons and lid settings (wording may vary by product), select When I close the lid, and then select Hibernate. Power menuSelect Change Settings that are currently unavailable, and then, under Shutdown settings, select the Hibernate check box. The Power menu can be accessed by selecting the Start button. Select Save changes. 4. To initiate Hibernation, use the method that you enabled in step 3. To exit Hibernation, briefly press the power button. NOTE:
password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Hibernation, you must enter your Windows Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and the computer. Shut down the computer when it will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period. The recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command. NOTE:
pressing the power button. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, first exit Sleep or Hibernation by briefly 1. 2. Save your work and close all open programs. Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:
Press ctrl+alt+delete, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Press and hold the power button for at least 10 seconds. Shutting down (turning off) the computer 31 Using the Power icon and Power Options The Power icon is located on the Windows taskbar. The Power icon allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the Power icon
. To use Power Options, rightclick the Power icon
, and then select Power Options. Different Power icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. Placing the mouse pointer over the icon reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. When the computer is off and unplugged from external power, the battery in the computer slowly discharges. The computer displays a message when the battery reaches a low or critical battery level. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. NOTE: When you disconnect external power, the display brightness is automatically decreased to conserve battery charge. Select computer products can switch between graphic modes to conserve battery charge. Using HP Fast Charge (select products only) The HP Fast Charge feature allows you to quickly charge your computer battery. Charging time may vary by
+/- 10%. Depending on your computer model and the HP AC adapter provided with your computer, HP Fast Charge operates in one of the following ways:
When the remaining battery charge is between zero and 50%, the battery will charge to 50% of full capacity in no more than 30 minutes. When the remaining battery charge is between zero and 90%, the battery will charge to 90% of full capacity in no more than 90 minutes. To use HP Fast Charge, shut down your computer, and then connect the AC adapter to your computer and to external power. Displaying battery charge To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the Power icon
. 32 Chapter 6 Managing power Finding battery information in HP Support Assistant (select products only) To access battery information:
1. 2. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Diagnostics and tools tab, and then select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:
Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity HP Battery Check Conserving battery power Lower the brightness of the display. To conserve battery power and maximize battery life:
Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the following behavior occurs:
The battery light (select products only) indicates a low or critical battery level. or The Power icon shows a low or critical battery notification. NOTE:
on page 32. For additional information about the Power icon, see Using the Power icon and Power Options The computer takes the following actions for a critical battery level:
If Hibernation is disabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. If Hibernation is enabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer initiates Hibernation. Running on battery power 33 Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available AC adapter Connect one of the following to the computer and to external power:
Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Optional docking device or expansion product Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation 1. 2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. Factory-sealed battery To monitor the status of the battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run HP Battery Check in the HP Support Assistant app (select products only). 1. 2. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Diagnostics and tools tab, and then select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Running on external power For information about connecting to external power, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. The computer does not use battery power when the computer is connected to external power with an approved AC adapter or an optional docking device or expansion product. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are aboard aircraft. Connect the computer to external power under any of the following conditions:
When installing or updating system software When charging or calibrating a battery 34 Chapter 6 Managing power When updating the system BIOS When writing information to a disc (select products only) When running Disk Defragmenter on computers with internal hard drives When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to external power:
The screen brightness increases. The battery begins to charge. The Power icon changes appearance. When you disconnect external power:
The computer switches to battery power. The screen brightness automatically decreases to conserve battery charge. The Power icon changes appearance. Running on external power 35 7 Maintaining your computer It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter explains how to use tools like Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides instructions for updating programs and drivers, steps to clean the computer, and tips for traveling with (or shipping) the computer. Improving performance You can improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. Using Disk Defragmenter HP recommends using Disk Defragmenter to defragment your hard drive at least once a month. NOTE:
It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. To run Disk Defragmenter:
1. 2. 3. Connect the computer to AC power. Type defragment in the taskbar search box, and then select Defragment and Optimize Drives. Follow the on-screen instructions. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Use Disk Cleanup to search the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:
1. 2. Type disk in the taskbar search box, and then select Disk Cleanup. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:
You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. You drop the computer. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Only internal hard drives are protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking device or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. NOTE: Because solid-state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, HP 3D DriveGuard is unnecessary for these drives. 36 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that the drive in a primary hard drive bay and/or the drive in a secondary hard drive bay (select products only) is parked. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic notifications when updates become available. If you would like to update your programs and drivers, follow these instructions:
1. 2. 3. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Updates tab, and then select Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:
Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands) Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Solution of water and mild soap Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. Updating programs and drivers 37 WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is on. 1. 2. 3. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that a display is dry before you close the computer. Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously, or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, follow these tips to keep your equipment safe. Back up your information to an external drive. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:
Shut down the computer. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. 38 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. The use of wireless devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a wireless device in your computer, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:
Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Traveling with or shipping your computer 39 8 Securing your computer and information Computer security is essential for protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your information. Standard security solutions provided by the Windows operating system, HP applications, the Setup Utility (BIOS), and other third-party software can help protect your computer from a variety of risks, such as viruses, worms, and other types of malicious code. IMPORTANT: Some security features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information and to protect online transactions. Several types of passwords can be set. For example, when you set up your computer for the first time, you were asked to create a user password to secure your computer. Additional passwords can be set in Windows or in HP Setup Utility (BIOS), which is preinstalled on your computer. You may find it helpful to use the same password for a Setup Utility (BIOS) feature and for a Windows security feature. To create and save passwords, use the following tips:
To reduce the risk of being locked out of the computer, record each password and store it in a secure place away from the computer. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Change your passwords at least every 3 months. An ideal password is long and has letters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers. Before you send your computer for service, back up your files, delete confidential files, and then remove all password settings. For additional information about Windows passwords, such as screen-saver passwords:
Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Setting Windows passwords Password User password Function Protects access to a Windows user account. Administrator password Protects administrator-level access to computer contents. NOTE: This password cannot be used to access Setup Utility
(BIOS) contents. 40 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords Password Administrator password Power-on password Function Must be entered each time you access Setup Utility (BIOS). If you forget your administrator password, you cannot access Setup Utility (BIOS). Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. To set, change, or delete an administrator or power-on password in Setup Utility (BIOS):
CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE: To start Setup Utility, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached to your notebook. The on-screen keyboard, which displays in tablet mode, cannot access Setup Utility. 1. Start Setup Utility (BIOS):
Computers or tablets with keyboards:
Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. Tablets without keyboards:
1. Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume up button.
- or -
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button.
- or -
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the Windows button. 2. Tap f10. 2. Select Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using Windows Hello (select products only) On products equipped with a fingerprint reader or an infrared camera, you can use Windows Hello to sign in by swiping your finger or looking at the camera. To set up Windows Hello, follow these steps:
1. 2. Select the Start button, select Settings, select Accounts, and then select Sign-in options. Under Windows Hello, follow the on-screen instructions to add both a password and a numeric PIN, and then enroll your fingerprint or facial ID. NOTE: The PIN is not limited in length, but it must consist of numbers only. No alphabetic or special characters are allowed. Using Windows Hello (select products only) 41 Using Internet security software When you use your computer to access email, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose your computer to computer viruses, spyware, and other online threats. To help protect your computer, Internet security software that includes antivirus and firewall features may be preinstalled on your computer as a trial offer. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses and other security risks, security software must be kept up to date. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade the security software trial offer or purchase the software of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. Using antivirus software Computer viruses can disable programs, utilities, or the operating system, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. An antivirus program may be preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you use the antivirus program of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be software you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a combination of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:
Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Installing software updates HP, Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding Windows updates, which may include security updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can install these updates automatically. 42 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information To view or change the settings:
1. 2. 3. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select Update & security. Select Windows Update, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To schedule a time for installing updates, select Advanced options, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP Managed Services (select products only) HP Managed Services is a cloud-based IT solution that enables businesses to effectively manage and secure their company assets. HP Managed Services helps protect devices against malware and other attacks, monitors device health, and helps reduce time spent solving device and security issues. You can quickly download and install the software, which is highly cost effective relative to traditional in-house solutions. For more information, go to https://www.hptouchpointmanager.com/. Securing your wireless network When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. Backing up your software applications and information Regularly back up your software applications and information to protect them from being permanently lost or damaged through a virus attack or a software or hardware failure. Using an optional security cable (select products only) A security cable (purchased separately) is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. To connect a security cable to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using HP Managed Services (select products only) 43 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Setup Utility, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility (BIOS) includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: To start Setup Utility on convertible computers, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached to your notebook. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) Updated versions of Setup Utility (BIOS) may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To decide whether you need to update Setup Utility (BIOS), first determine the BIOS version on your computer. To reveal the BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS), use one of these options. HP Support Assistant 1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. 2. Select My PC, and then select Specifications. Setup Utility (BIOS) 1. 2. 3. Start Setup Utility (BIOS) (see Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) on page 44). Select Main, select System Information, and then make note of the BIOS version. Select Exit, select No, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To check for later BIOS versions, see Downloading a BIOS update on page 45. 44 Chapter 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:
Do not disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. NOTE:
software updates, especially system BIOS updates. If your computer is connected to a network, consult the network administrator before installing any 1. 2. 3. 4. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Click Updates, and then click Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:
a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. If the update is more recent than your BIOS version, make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. b. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. Make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions appear, follow these steps:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Type file in the taskbar search box, and then select File Explorer. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder that contains the update. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) 45 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows is a Windows-based utility that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs within the Windows operating system in order to diagnose hardware failures. If HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows is not installed on your computer, first you must download and install it. To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows on page 46. After HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows is installed, follow these steps to access it from HP Help and Support or HP Support Assistant. 1. To access HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows from HP Help and Support:
a. b. Select the Start button, and then select HP Help and Support. Right-click HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, select More, and then select Run as administrator. or To access HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows from HP Support Assistant:
a. b. c. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Select the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select Troubleshooting and fixes. Select Diagnostics, and then select HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows. 2. When the tool opens, select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:
If you need to stop a diagnostic test at any time, select Cancel. 3. When HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows detects a failure that requires hardware replacement, a 24-
digit Failure ID code is generated. For assistance in correcting the problem, contact support, and then provide the Failure ID code. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows download instructions are provided in English only. You must use a Windows computer to download this tool because only .exe files are provided. 46 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows version To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, follow these steps:
1. 2. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics section, select Download, and then select the installation location:
To run the tool on your computer, download it to the computer desktop. or To run the tool from a USB flash drive, download it to a USB flash drive. 3. Select Run. Downloading HP Hardware Diagnostics Windows by product name or number (select products only) NOTE:
product name or number. For some products, it may be necessary to download the software to a USB flash drive by using the To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows by product name or number (select products only), follow these steps:
1. 2. 3. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Get software and drivers, and then enter the product name or number. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics section, select Download, and then select the installation location:
To run the tool on your computer, download it to the computer desktop. or To run the tool from a USB flash drive, download it to a USB flash drive. 4. Select Run. Installing HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows To install HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows, follow these steps:
Navigate to the folder on your computer or the flash drive where the .exe file was downloaded, double-
click the .exe file, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. If your PC will not boot into Windows, you can use HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to diagnose hardware issues. When HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI detects a failure that requires hardware replacement, a 24-digit Failure ID code is generated. For assistance in correcting the problem, contact support, and provide the Failure ID code. NOTE: To start diagnostics on a convertible computer, your computer must be in notebook mode, and you must use the attached keyboard. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI 47 NOTE:
If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. Starting HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI, follow these steps:
1. 2. Turn on or restart the computer, and quickly press esc. Press f2. The BIOS searches three places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:
a. Connected USB flash drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI tool to a USB flash drive, see Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version on page 48. b. c. Hard drive BIOS 3. When the diagnostic tool opens, select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is not included in the preinstall image. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to a USB flash drive can be useful in the following situations:
HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is not included in the HP Tool partition. The hard drive is damaged. NOTE: The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI download instructions are provided in English only, and you must use a Windows computer to download and create the HP UEFI support environment because only .exe files are provided. Downloading the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version To download the latest HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version to a USB flash drive:
1. 2. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI section, select Download UEFI Diagnostics, and then select Run. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number (select products only) NOTE:
product name or number. For some products, it may be necessary to download the software to a USB flash drive by using the To download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number (select products only) to a USB flash drive:
48 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics 1. 2. 3. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Enter the product name or number, select your computer, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostics section, follow the on-screen instructions to select and download the specific UEFI Diagnostics version for your computer. Using Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings (select products only) Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is a firmware (BIOS) feature that downloads HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI to your computer. It can then execute the diagnostics on your computer, and it may upload results to a preconfigured server. For more information on Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI, go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags, and then select Find out more. Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI NOTE: HP Remote PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI is also available as a Softpaq that can be downloaded to a server. Downloading the latest Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version To download the latest Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI version, follow these steps:
1. 2. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI section, select Download Remote Diagnostics, and then select Run. Downloading Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number NOTE:
number. For some products, it may be necessary to download the software by using the product name or To download HP Remote PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI by product name or number, follow these steps:
1. 2. 3. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Get software and drivers, enter the product name or number, select your computer, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostics section, follow the on-screen instructions to select and download the Remote UEFI version for the product. Customizing Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings Using the Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics setting in Computer Setup (BIOS), you can perform the following customizations:
Set a schedule for running diagnostics unattended. You can also start diagnostics immediately in interactive mode by selecting Execute Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics. Set the location for downloading the diagnostic tools. This feature provides access to the tools from the HP website or from a server that has been preconfigured for use. Your computer does not require the traditional local storage (such as a disk drive or USB flash drive) to run remote diagnostics. Using Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings (select products only) 49 Set a location for storing the test results. You can also set the user name and password settings used for uploads. Display status information about the diagnostics run previously. To customize Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings, follow these steps:
1. 2. Turn on or restart the computer, and when the HP logo appears, press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Select Advanced, and then select Settings. 3. Make your customization selections. 4. Select Main, and then Save Changes and Exit to save your settings. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. 50 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering This chapter provides information about the following processes, which are standard procedure for most products:
Backing up your personal informationYou can use Windows tools to back up your personal information (see Using Windows tools on page 51). Creating a restore pointYou can use Windows tools to create a restore point (see Using Windows tools on page 51). Creating recovery media (select products only)You can use HP Recovery Manager or HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool (select products only) to create recovery media (see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 51). Restoring and recoveryWindows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state (see Using Windows tools on page 51). Removing the Recovery PartitionTo remove the Recovery partition to reclaim hard drive space
(select products only), select the Remove Recovery Partition option of HP Recovery Manager. For more information, see Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) on page 55. Using Windows tools IMPORTANT: Windows is the only option that allows you to back up your personal information. Schedule regular backups to avoid information loss. You can use Windows tools to back up personal information and create system restore points and recovery media, allowing you to restore from backup, refresh the computer, and reset the computer to its original state. NOTE:
If computer storage is 32 GB or less, Microsoft System Restore is disabled by default. For more information and steps, see the Get Help app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get Help app. NOTE: You must be connected to the Internet to access the Get Help app. Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) After you have successfully set up the computer, use HP Recovery Manager to create a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. This backup is called HP Recovery media. In cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced, the HP Recovery media can be used to reinstall the original operating system. To check for the presence of the Recovery partition in addition to the Windows partition, right-click the Start button, select File Explorer, and then select This PC. NOTE:
If your computer does not list the Recovery partition in addition to the Windows partition, contact support to obtain recovery discs. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using Windows tools 51 On select products, you can use the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create HP Recovery media on a bootable USB flash drive. For more information, see Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create recovery media on page 53. Using HP Recovery Manager to create recovery media NOTE:
If you cannot create recovery media yourself, contact support to obtain recovery discs. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Before you begin Before you begin, note the following:
Only one set of recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required media storage capacity. To create recovery media, use one of the following options:
NOTE:
If the computer does not have a recovery partition, HP Recovery Manager displays the Windows Create a Recovery Drive feature. Follow the on-screen instructions to create a recovery image on a blank USB flash drive or hard drive. If your computer has an optical drive with DVD writer capability, be sure to use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, which are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, you can use an external optical drive (purchased separately) to create recovery discs, as described above. If an external optical drive is used, you must connect it directly to a USB port on the computer. It cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. To create a recovery flash drive, use a high-quality blank USB flash drive. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take an hour or more. Do not interrupt this process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery media. HP Recovery Manager will finish the current DVD or flash drive. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue. Creating the recovery media To create HP Recovery media using HP Recovery Manager:
IMPORTANT:
beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. 2. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Create recovery media, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 53. 52 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering Using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool to create recovery media To create HP Recovery media using the HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool:
1. 2. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Software and Drivers, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restoring and recovery Restoring and recovery can be performed using one or more of the following options: Windows tools, HP Recovery Manager, or the HP Recovery partition. IMPORTANT: Not all methods are available on all products. Restoring, resetting, and refreshing using Windows tools Windows offers several options for restoring, resetting, and refreshing the computer. For details, see Using Windows tools on page 51. Restoring using HP Recovery Manager and the HP Recovery partition You can use HP Recovery Manager and the HP Recovery partition (select products only) to restore the computer to the original factory state:
Resolving problems with preinstalled applications or driversTo correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver:
1. 2. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Reinstall drivers and/or applications, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using System RecoveryTo recover the Windows partition to original factory content, select the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition (select products only) or use the HP Recovery media. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 53. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 51. Using Factory Reset (select products only)Restores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and recreating the partitions and then reinstalling the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory (select products only). To use the Factory Reset option, you must use HP Recovery media. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 51. NOTE:
install the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. If you have replaced the hard drive in the computer, you can use the Factory Reset option to Recovering using HP Recovery Manager You can use HP Recovery Manager software to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you either created or that you obtained from HP, or by using the HP Recovery partition (select products only). If you have not already created HP Recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 51. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data that you want to retain. See Using Windows tools on page 51. Restoring and recovery 53 IMPORTANT: Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. NOTE: When you start the recovery process, only the options available for your computer are displayed. Before you begin, note the following:
HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with this computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. If the computer hard drive fails, HP Recovery media must be used. This media is created using HP Recovery Manager. See Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 51. If your computer does not allow the creation of HP Recovery media or if the HP Recovery media does not work, contact support to obtain recovery media. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) The HP Recovery partition allows you to perform a system recovery without recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can be used only if the hard drive is still working. The HP Recovery partition (select products only) allows System Recovery only. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:
IMPORTANT:
beginning these steps (select products only). For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. 2. 3. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, select HP Recovery Manager, and then select Windows Recovery Environment. or For computers or tablets with keyboards attached:
Press f11 while the computer boots, or press and hold f11 as you press the power button. For tablets without keyboards:
Turn on or restart the tablet, quickly hold down the volume up button, and then select f11. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If your computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the computer NOTE:
boot order, and then follow the on-screen instructions. See Changing the computer boot order on page 55. Recovering using HP Recovery media If your computer does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly, you can use HP Recovery media to recover the original operating system and software programs that were installed at the factory. Insert the HP Recovery media, and then restart the computer. 54 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering If your computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the computer NOTE:
boot order, and then follow the on-screen instructions. See Changing the computer boot order on page 55. Changing the computer boot order If your computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order. This is the order of devices listed in BIOS where the computer looks for startup information. You can change the selection to an optical drive or a USB flash drive, depending on the location of your HP Recovery media. To change the boot order:
IMPORTANT:
beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the tablet to the keyboard base before 1. 2. Insert the HP Recovery media. Access the system Startup menu. For computers or tablets with keyboards attached:
Turn on or restart the computer or tablet, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. For tablets without keyboards:
Turn on or restart the tablet, quickly hold down the volume up button, and then select f9. or Turn on or restart the tablet, quickly hold down the volume down button, and then select f9. 3. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive from which you want to boot, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) HP Recovery Manager software allows you to remove the HP Recovery partition (select products only) to free up hard drive space. IMPORTANT: After you remove the HP Recovery partition, you will not be able to perform System Recovery or create HP Recovery media. Before removing the Recovery partition, create HP Recovery media. See Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 51. Follow these steps to remove the HP Recovery partition:
1. 2. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Remove Recovery Partition, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restoring and recovery 55 12 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source that is supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Operating voltage and current varies by platform. The voltage and current for your computer is located on the regulatory label. Input power Rating Operating voltage and current 5 V dc @ 2 A / 12 V dc @ 3 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 3.75 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A / 15 V dc @ 3 A / 20 V dc @ 2.25 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 5 A / 12 V dc @ 5 A / 15 V dc @ 5 A / 20 V dc @ 4.5 A 90 W USB-C 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W 19.5 V dc @ 4.62 A 90 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.15 A 120 W 19.5 V dc @ 7.70 A 150 W 19.5 V dc @ 10.3 A 200 W 19.5 V dc @ 11.8 A 230 W 19.5 V dc @ 16.92 A 330 W DC plug of external HP power supply (select products only) NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. 56 Chapter 12 Specifications Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Metric U.S. 5C to 35C
-20C to 60C 10% to 90%
5% to 95%
41F to 95F
-4F to 140F 10% to 90%
5% to 95%
Operating Nonoperating
-15 m to 3,048 m
-15 m to 12,192 m
-50 ft to 10,000 ft
-50 ft to 40,000 ft Operating environment 57 13 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:
If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 58 Chapter 13 Electrostatic Discharge 14 Accessibility HP designs, produces, and markets products and services that can be used by everyone, including people with disabilities, either on a stand-alone basis or with appropriate assistive devices. To access the latest information on HP accessibility, go to http://www.hp.com/accessibility. Supported assistive technologies HP products support a wide variety of operating system assistive technologies and can be configured to work with additional assistive technologies. Use the Search feature on your device to locate more information about assistive features. NOTE:
for that product. For additional information about a particular assistive technology product, contact customer support Contacting support We are constantly refining the accessibility of our products and services and welcome feedback from users. If you have an issue with a product or would like to tell us about accessibility features that have helped you, please contact us at +1 (888) 259-5707, Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. North American Mountain Time. If you are deaf or hard-of-hearing and use TRS/VRS/WebCapTel, contact us if you require technical support or have accessibility questions by calling +1 (877) 656-7058, Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. North American Mountain Time. NOTE: Support is in English only. Supported assistive technologies 59 Index A AC adapter and battery light, identifying 5 accessibility 59 action keys airplane mode 15 help 14 identifying 13, 14 keyboard backlight 14 mute 14 next track 14 pause 14 play 14 privacy screen 14 screen brightness 14 speaker volume 14 stop 14 switch screen image 14 using 14 wireless 15 airplane mode 18 airplane mode key 15, 18 antivirus software, using 42 audio 22 adjusting volume 14 HDMI audio 24 headsets 22 microphones 22 sound settings 23 speakers 22 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in
(microphone) combo jack, identifying 7 B backing up software and information 43 backup, creating 51 backups 51 battery conserving power 33 discharging 33 factory-sealed 34 finding information 33 60 Index low battery levels 33 resolving low battery level 34 battery charge 32 battery information, finding 33 battery power 32 best practices 1 BIOS determining version 44 downloading an update 45 starting the Setup Utility 44 updating 44 Bluetooth device 18, 20 Bluetooth label 17 boot order, changing 55 bottom components 15 buttons left TouchPad 10 power 7 right TouchPad 10 C camera identifying 9, 12 using 22 camera light, identifying 9 caps lock light, identifying 11 caring for your computer 37 cleaning your computer 37 components bottom 15 display 9 keyboard area 10 left side 7 right side 5 connecting to a network 18 connecting to a wireless network 18 connecting to a WLAN 19 connecting to LAN 21 connector, power 6 corporate WLAN connection 19 critical battery level 33 D data transfer 25 Disk Cleanup software 36 Disk Defragmenter software 36 display components 9 drive light, identifying 5 E electrostatic discharge 58 esc key, identifying 13 external power, using 34 F factory-sealed battery 34 fingerprint reader, identifying 5 fingerprints, registering 41 firewall software 42 fn key, identifying 13 four-finger tap TouchPad gesture 27 G Get Help in Windows 10 action key 14 GPS 20 H hardware, locating 4 HDMI port connecting 23 identifying 5 headsets, connecting 22 Hibernation exiting 31 initiated during critical battery level 33 initiating 31 high-definition devices, connecting 23, 25 HP 3D DriveGuard 36 HP Fast Charge 32 HP Mobile Broadband activating 20 IMEI number 20 MEID number 20 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI downloading 48 starting 48 using 47 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics Windows downloading 46 installing 47 using 46 HP Recovery Manager correcting boot problems 55 starting 54 HP Recovery media recovery 54 using 52 HP Recovery partition recovery 54 removing 55 HP resources 2 HP Touchpoint Manager 43 I IMEI number 20 initiating Sleep and Hibernation 30 input power 56 installing optional security cable 43 internal microphones, identifying 9 Internet security software, using 42 J jacks audio-out (headphone)/audio-in
(microphone) 7 K keyboard and optional mouse using 29 keyboard backlight action key 14 keys action 13 airplane mode 15 esc 13 fn 13 Windows 13 L labels Bluetooth 17 regulatory 17 serial number 16 service 16 wireless certification 17 WLAN 17 left side components 7 lights AC adapter and battery 5 camera 9 caps lock 11 drive 5 mute 11 power 8 low battery level 33 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 36 Disk Defragmenter 36 updating programs and drivers 37 managing power 30 MEID number 20 microphone, connecting 22 MicroSD memory card reader, identifying 5 minimized image recovery 54 minimized image, creating 53 Miracast 25 mobile broadband activating 20 IMEI number 20 MEID number 20 mute light, identifying 11 mute volume action key 14 N next track action key 14 O one-finger slide touch screen gesture 29 operating environment 57 operating system controls 18 original system recovery 53 P passwords Setup Utility (BIOS) 41 Windows 40 pause action key 14 play action key 14 ports HDMI 5, 23 USB SuperSpeed 5 USB Type-C 5, 25 USB Type-C port 7 power battery 32 external 34 power button, identifying 7 power connector identifying 6 Power icon, using 32 power lights, identifying 8 power settings, using 32 privacy screen action key 14 privacy screen action key, identifying 14 product name and number, computer 16 public WLAN connection 19 R recovery 51 discs 52, 54 HP Recovery Manager 53 HP Recovery partition 53 media 54 starting 54 supported discs 52 system 53 USB flash drive 54 using HP Recovery media 52 recovery media creating using HP Cloud Recovery Download Tool 53 creating using HP Recovery Manager 52 creating using Windows tools 51 discs 52 HP Recovery partition 51 USB flash drive 52 using 52 recovery partition, removing 55 regulatory information regulatory label 17 wireless certification labels 17 Remote HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI settings customizing 49 using 49 restoring 51 right side components 5 Index 61 wireless button 18 wireless certification label 17 wireless controls button 18 operating system 18 wireless light 18 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 19 corporate WLAN connection 19 functional range 19 public WLAN connection 19 wireless network, securing 43 WLAN antennas, identifying 9 WLAN device 17 WLAN label 17 WWAN device 20 S screen brightness action keys 14 security cable slot, identifying 8 security cable, installing 43 serial number, computer 16 service labels, locating 16 Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords 41 shipping the computer 38 shutdown 31 Sleep exiting 30 initiating 30 Sleep and Hibernation, initiating 30 slots memory card reader 5 security cable 8 software Disk Cleanup 36 Disk Defragmenter 36 locating 4 software installed locating 4 software updates, installing 42 sound. See audio sound settings, using 23 speaker volume action keys 14 speakers connecting 22 identifying 12 special keys, using 13 stop action key 14 supported discs, recovery 52 switch screen image action key 14 system recovery 53 system restore point, creating 51 T tap TouchPad and touch screen gesture 26 three-finger swipe TouchPad gesture 28 touch screen gestures one-finger slide 29 TouchPad using 26 TouchPad and touch screen gestures tap 26 two-finger pinch zoom 27 TouchPad buttons identifying 10 TouchPad gestures four-finger tap 27 three-finger swipe 28 two-finger slide 27 two-finger tap 27 TouchPad zone, identifying 10 transfer data 25 traveling with the computer 17, 38 turning off the computer 31 two-finger pinch zoom TouchPad and touch screen gesture 27 two-finger slide TouchPad gesture 27 two-finger tap TouchPad gesture 27 U unresponsive system 31 updating programs and drivers 37 USB SuperSpeed port, identifying 5 USB Type-C port, connecting 25 USB Type-C port, identifying 5 USB Type-C, identifying 7 using passwords 40 using the keyboard and optional mouse 29 using the TouchPad 26 V vents, identifying 7, 15 video HDMI port 23 USB Type-C 25 wireless displays 25 video, using 23 volume adjusting 14 mute 14 volume button, identifying 5 W Windows backup 51 recovery media 51 system restore point 51 Windows Hello 22 using 41 Windows key, identifying 13 Windows passwords 40 Windows tools, using 51 wired network (LAN) 21 wireless action key 15 62 Index
various | User Manual Regulatory | Users Manual | 2.00 MiB | February 02 2018 / January 08 2018 |
Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 20152017 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Ninth Edition: November 2017 First Edition: August 2015 Document Part Number: 836854-009 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations. To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers .................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union regulatory notices ....................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) ....................... 4 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) ................... 4 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices .............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 8 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem statements ...................................................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 10 v Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ................................................................................................ 13 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................. 14 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ................................................................................................................ 16 Federal Communications Commission notice ................................................................................... 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 18 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 18 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ...................................................... 19 Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) .............................................................................................................. 19 Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) .............................................................................................................. 19 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................................... 20 Ergonomics notice .......................................................................................................... 20 Germany (English text) ................................................................................. 20 Germany (Deutscher text) ............................................................................ 20 Japan notice ....................................................................................................................................... 20 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................. 21 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ....................................................... 21 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 21 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 21 vi Taiwan NCC notices ............................................................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers ......................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 23 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 24 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 25 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 25 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 25 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25
......................................................................................................................................... 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 27 Battery notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 27 Fan notices ........................................................................................................................................................... 28 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 28 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 29 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 29 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 29 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 29 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 29 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 29 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 29 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 30 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 30 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 30 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 30 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 vii Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 31 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 32 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 32 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 32 Germany acoustics notice .................................................................................................................................... 33
......................................................................................................................................... 33 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers ............................................................................. 34 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 34 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 34 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 34 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 34 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 35 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 36 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 36 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 36 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 39 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 39
........................................................................................... 40
(RoHS) ......................................................................................................... 41
....................................................................................................... 41 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 42 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 43 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 43 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 43 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 43 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 43 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 44 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 45 TCO Certified Edge ................................................................................................................................................ 46 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones ................................ 47 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 47 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 47 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 47 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 47 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 48 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 49 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 49 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 49 viii China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 49 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 50 China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) ................................................................................................... 53 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 53
........................................................................................... 54
(RoHS) ......................................................................................................... 56
....................................................................................................... 56 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 57 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 57 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 57 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 57 Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije ...................................................................................................... 57 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 58 Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino ................................................................... 58 TCO Certified ........................................................................................................................................................ 59 TCO Certified Edge ................................................................................................................................................ 60 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 61 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) that can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:
1. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer. Press esc or f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:
Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. 4. 5. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to Accessing regulatory labels 1 radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product:
Write to:
HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 Call HP at 650-857-1501 or Email techregshelp@hp.com To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm
(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm
(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-
channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. Brazil notice 3 European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:
RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates
(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Email techregshelp@hp.com Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only for all countries reflected in the matrix. Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. CAUTION: Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are excluded for all countries reflected in the matrix. Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 100 10 100 200 200 250 2000 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Radio Technology WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Wireless Charging Qi; 110kHz - 205kHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 1000 316 Less than 1 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/
regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit
(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG
(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Australia and New Zealand notice 5 China WWAN notice Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/
recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:
Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:
Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Modem notices 9 Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-
distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:
10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:
New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:
a. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. b. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). d. 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook and tablet computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/
18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:
Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-
distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:
Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:
a. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. b. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). d. Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product:
Write to:
HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 Call HP at 650-857-1501 or Email techregshelp@hp.com To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP Inc. may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a, n, or ac wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-
channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:
RED 2014/53/EU; Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU; EMC Directive 2014/30/EU; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU. Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates
(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Email techregshelp@hp.com Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality (select products only) CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.155.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for indoor use only for all countries reflected in the matrix. Using this WLAN application outdoors might lead to interference issues with existing radio services. CAUTION: Fixed outdoor installations for WiGig application (5766 GHz frequency band) are excluded for all countries reflected in the matrix. Radio frequency bands and maximum power levels (select products only) Radio Technology Bluetooth; 2,4 GHz NFC; 13,56 MHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 2,4 GHz WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11x; 5 GHz WWAN 4G LTE; 700/800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz WWAN 3G UTMS; 900/2100 MHz WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 900 MHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 100 10 100 200 200 250 2000 Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 Radio Technology WWAN 2G GSM GPRS EDGE; 1800 MHz WiGig 802.11ad; 60 GHz Wireless Charging Qi; 110kHz - 205kHz Maximum Transmit Power EIRP (mW) 1000 316 Less than 1 NOTE: Use only HP-supported software drivers and correct country settings to ensure compliance. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/
regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-
mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-
Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice V-2 VCCI32-1 5GHz 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Japan power cord notice Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. Some products may use electronic regulatory labels (e-labels). To view the certification mark and numbers on an e-label, please refer to the previous Accessing regulatory labels section. e e Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. South Korea notices Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:
crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. Battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Fast charging may not be available for non-compatible or non-HP batteries. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING!
from children. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away Heat-related safety warning notice 23 If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek WARNING!
immediate medical attention. WARNING!
explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:
Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-
pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook and tablet computers China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system.
:
(1) 30 10
(2) 2 2 1 China safety notices 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:
Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-
pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. As a safety precaution, if the system power load exceeds the specific configurations capacities, the system may temporarily disable some USB ports. CAUTION:
the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/
region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery notices WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. WARNING! Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). WARNING! Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. WARNING! Do not ingest battery, a Chemical Burn Hazard. WARNING! This product contains a coin/button cell battery. If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. WARNING! Keep new and used batteries away from children. WARNING!
from children. WARNING!
immediate medical attention. WARNING!
explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. WARNING! A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment can result in an If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Installation conditions 27 Fan notices WARNING!
WARNING! Keep body parts away from moving parts. WARNING! Keep body parts away from fan blades. WARNING! Keep body parts out of the motion path. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Adjustment of the volume control as well as the equalizer to other settings than the center position may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. The use of factors influencing the ear-/headphones output other than those specified by the manufacturer (e.g. operating system, equalizer software, firmware, driver) may increase the ear-/headphones output voltage and therefore the sound pressure level. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:
Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or an HP Inc. authorized replacement. 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from HP Inc. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from HP Inc. or an approved HP Inc. source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:
1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m
(6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. Power supply and power cord set requirements 29 The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-
discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. TV antenna connectors protection 31 China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients, and personal workstations Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:
http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted
:
(1) 30 10
(2) 2 2 1 Germany acoustics notice 33 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:
A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:
Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available
(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/
powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) 35 ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:
Product Type Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A Category B Category C Category D TEC (kilowatt hour) Grade 1 98.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa Grade 2 148.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 234.0+Efa Grade 3 198.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers Product Type Portable Computer TEC (kilowatt hour) Category A Category B Category C 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. 3. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to
"The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:
Product Type Category A Category B Category C Category D Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:
1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:
1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 37 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display
(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power pack Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39 Hazardous Substances Part Name USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.
/
I/O PCA
(LCD) CD/DVD/
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
/Java USB USB X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS
(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead (Pb) Mercury (Hg) Cadmium (Cd) Hexavalent chromium (CR+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) Cables
(RoHS) 41 Restricted substances and its chemical symbols
/
Chassis/Other
/
I/O PCAs
(LCD) Liquid crystal display (LCD) panel Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power pack Power supply Storage Devices Wireless Devices 1 0.1 % 0.01 %
Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 42 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/
itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations For notebook PCs, go to http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/
iteconotebook-o.html. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 43 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. 44 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. TCO Certified 45 TCO Certified Edge This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 46 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook and tablet computers 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-
Ones This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no daven ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 47 Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, HP Inc. has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:
A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:
Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/
powermanagement. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:
Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)
(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices Chemical substances 49 China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers, this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:
Product Type Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C TEC (kilowatt hour) Grade 1 98.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa Grade 2 148.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa Grade 3 198.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. 3. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers". Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:
Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:
1. System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones Product Type Category D Configuration Description 2. A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:
1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. China PC energy label 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by Chinas Management Methods for Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Fan Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones Heat sink I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display
(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Projector Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 53 Part Name Solid-state drives Speakers, external Stylus Touch mat TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards 3D Capture Stage/
Turntable Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.
/
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd) X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O
(Cr(VI)) O O O O O O
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O 54 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones I/O PCA
(LCD) CD/DVD/
/Java USB USB 3D /
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 55
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE)
(RoHS) Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Lead
(Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent chromium (CR
+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Unit Cables
/ Chassis/Other
/
I/O PCAs
(LCD) AIOLiquid crystal display (LCD) panel
(for AIO only) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Power supply Storage Devices Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) 1 0.1 % 0.01 %
Note 1: "Exceeding 0.1 wt %" and "exceeding 0.01 wt %" indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2 Note 2: "" indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3 Note 3: The "" indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption. http://www.hp.com/support 56 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/
itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 57 modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Turkey EEE regulation Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. 58 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones TCO Certified This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified logo. TCO Certified 59 TCO Certified Edge This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 60 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients, personal workstations, and All-in-Ones Index Symbols/Numerics 41, 56 41, 56 A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 25, 32 B battery 23, 27 battery notice 8, 44, 47 battery recycling 34, 47 Brazil notice 3, 18, 24, 29 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12, 15 Canada notices 3, 18 China environmental notices 36, 49 China PC energy label 36, 50 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 39, 53 D disposal notices battery 44, 47 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 34, 47 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 34, 47 ENERGY STAR certification 35, 48 environmental notices 34, 47 equipment disposal notice 34, 47 ergonomics notice 5, 20 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 43, 57 F fan notice 28 Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients, and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, modem statements Canada 12, 15 Japan 12 New Zealand 12, 16 U.S. 9, 10, 14 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 workstations notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 notebook computers notice 2 G GS Notice 5, 20 H headset and earphone volume level notice 24, 28 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 42, 57 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6, 20 Japan power cord notice 13, 21, 30 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 43, 57 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9, 28 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 maximum power levels 4, 19 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 43 Mexico wireless notice 6, 21 modem notices 9, 14 Federal Communications Commission 17 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 12, 16 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 23, 27, 44, 47 Brazil 3, 18, 24, 29 Canada 3, 18 China restriction of hazardous substances 39, 53 environmental 34, 47 equipment disposal 34, 47 ergonomics 5, 20 fan 28 headset and earphone volume level 24, 28 India restriction of hazardous substances 42, 57 Japan 6, 20 Japan power cord 13, 21, 30 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 43, 57 keyboard 24 laser safety 9, 28 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6, 21 modem 9, 14 perchlorate material 44, 49 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 7, 21 Taiwan 7, 21 Index 61 Thailand WWAN wireless notice volume level notice, headset and earphone 24, 28 W wireless LAN devices 3, 18 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 44 notices, desktops, thin clients, and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 O obvestila omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 58 obvestilo o omejevanju uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 58 P power cord notice 13, 24 R radio frequency bands 4, 19 recycling, electronic hardware and battery 34, 47 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 7, 21 T Taiwan notice 7, 21 TCO Certified Certification 45, 59 TCO Certified Edge Certification 46, 60 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 25, 32 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 9, 10, 14 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 44 V voice support 13, 16 62 Index
various | User Manual Regulatory Guide | Users Manual | 4.41 MiB | February 06 2016 |
Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2015, 2016 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Third Edition: February 2016 First Edition: August 2015 Document Part Number: 836854-003 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union regulatory notices ....................................................................................................................... 3 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 3 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ........................................................................... 4 Restrictions for products with radio functionality ........................................................... 4 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 4 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 4 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 4 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 4 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 China WWAN notice ................................................................................................................................................ 5 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 5 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................ 5 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 5 Russia regulatory notices ...................................................................................................................................... 6
................................................................................................. 6
........................................................................................ 6
: ................................................................................................. 6
: ..................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 7 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices .............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 8 v Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem statements ...................................................................................................................... 9 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 10 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ................................................................................................ 13 Macrovision Corporation notice ........................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ......................................................... 14 Modem notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................. 14 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ................................................................................................................ 16 Federal Communications Commission notice ................................................................................... 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with radio functionality (EMF) ...................................................... 19 Restrictions for products with radio functionality ....................................... 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 20 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 20 Japan notice ....................................................................................................................................... 20 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ....................................................... 20 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 20 Russia regulatory notices .................................................................................................................. 21
............................................................................ 21
................................................................... 21 vi
: ............................................................................ 21
: ................................................................................ 21 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 22 Taiwan NCC notices ............................................................................................................................ 22 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 22 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 23 User-replaceable battery notices ........................................................................................................................ 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 23 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 24 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 24 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 24 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 26 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................. 27 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 27 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 27 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 28 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 28 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 28 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 28 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 28 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 28 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 28 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 29 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 29 vii External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................. 29 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 30 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 31 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 31 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 31 Germany acoustics notice .................................................................................................................................... 32 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 32 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................. 33 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 33 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 33 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 33 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 33 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 34 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 35 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 35 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 35 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 38 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 38 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 40 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 40 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 41 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 41 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 41 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 41 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 41 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 42 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 42 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 42 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 42 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 42 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 43 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 44 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 44 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 44 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 45 China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) ................................................................................................... 48 viii The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 48 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 51 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 51 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 51 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 51 Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije ...................................................................................................... 51 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 52 Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino ................................................................... 52 TCO Certified Edge Certification ........................................................................................................................... 52 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 54 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:
Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Accessing regulatory labels 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product, write to:
HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 or call HP at 650-857-1501. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm
(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm
(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-
channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (replaced in 2017 by RED 2014/53/EU) ; Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
(replaced in April 2016 by 2014/35/EU); EMC Directive 2004/108/EC (replaced in April 2016 by 2014/30/EU);
Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. Brazil notice 3 The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates
(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions. Products can be operated without maintaining a separation distance unless otherwise indicated in instructions specific to the product. Restrictions for products with radio functionality When operating in the frequency band 5150 to 5350 MHz, this product is restricted to indoor use only. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit
(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG
(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. China WWAN notice Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. Australia and New Zealand notice 5 Russia regulatory notices HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, U.S. 10- ,
. 4-, 5- 6- . 4- , 3
, 2013 . 5-
6- , 12 12- . HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, U.S. 10
. 4-, 5- 6-
. 4- , 3 2013
. 5- 6-
, , 12 12- .
:
: "- ..", , 125171, . , , 16, .3, /: +7 495 797 35 00
: " ..", , 050040, .
, , -, 77/7,
/:
+ 7 727 355 35 52
:
: - A.O., , 125171, ,
, 16A 3, /: +7 495 797 35 00
: " .." ,
, 050040, ., , -
, 77/7, /: +7 727 355 35 52 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. South Korea notices Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/
recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:
Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:
Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Modem notices 9 Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-
distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:
10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:
New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:
a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/
18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:
Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-
distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:
Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:
a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding this product, write to:
HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 or call HP at 650-857-1501. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-
channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (replaced in 2017 by RED 2014/53/EU) ; Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
(replaced in April 2016 by 2014/35/EU); EMC Directive 2004/108/EC (replaced in April 2016 by 2014/30/EU);
Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: http://www.hp.eu/certificates
(Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany. Products with radio functionality (EMF) This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 Restrictions for products with radio functionality When operating in the frequency band 5150 to 5350 MHz, this product is restricted to indoor use only. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the applicable Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-
mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-
Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Russia regulatory notices HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, U.S. 10- ,
. 4-, 5- 6- . 4- , 3
, 2013 . 5-
6- , 12 12- . HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, U.S. 10
. 4-, 5- 6-
. 4- , 3 2013
. 5- 6-
, , 12 12- .
:
: "- ..", , 125171, . , , 16, .3, /: +7 495 797 35 00
: " ..", , 050040, .
, , -, 77/7,
/:
+ 7 727 355 35 52
:
: - A.O., , 125171, ,
, 16A 3, /: +7 495 797 35 00
: " .." ,
, 050040, ., , -
, Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 77/7, /: +7 727 355 35 52 South Korea notices Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:
crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Heat-related safety warning notice 23 Power cord notices Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:
Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-
pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers Icon Description Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:
Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-
pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:
the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/
region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:
Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Icon Description Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. Icon Description The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. Battery replacement notice 27 WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:
Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/
index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:
1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m
(6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-
discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Pinch hazard 29 Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m Icon Description China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Icon Description China safety notices 31 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:
http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 33 Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:
A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:
Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available
(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/
powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers
(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:
Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Category B Category C Category D 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa Chemical substances 35 Product Type Portable Computer TEC (kilowatt hour) Category A Category B Category C 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:
Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:
1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:
1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers China PC energy label 37 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display
(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances Part Name Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.
/
I/O PCA
(LCD) CD/DVD/
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39
/Java USB USB
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/
itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. 40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers IT ECO declarations For notebook PCs, go to http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/
iteconotebook-o.html. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. IT ECO declarations 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users Icon Description This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Brazil hardware recycling information Icon Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Icon Description No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers:
A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:
Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/
powermanagement. ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) 43 Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:
Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)
(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers
(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:
Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:
Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:
1. System memory of not less than 2 GB The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. China PC energy label 45 Product Type Category D Configuration Description 2. A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:
1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations China PC energy label 47 China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display
(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Projector Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external Stylus Touch mat X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Part Name TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards 3D Capture Stage/
Turntable Hazardous Substances Lead (Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium
(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDE) X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.
/
I/O PCA
(LCD)
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazard substances (ROHS) 49
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) CD/DVD/
Projector
/Java Stylus Touch mat USB USB 3D Capture Stage/
Turntable O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/
itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 51 energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Turkey EEE regulation Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations TCO Certified Edge Certification 53 Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 24, 31 B battery user replacement 23 battery notice 8, 41, 42 battery recycling 33, 42 Brazil notice 3, 19, 24, 28 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12, 15 Canada notices 3, 19 China environmental notices 35, 44 China PC energy label 35, 45 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 38, 48 D disposal notices battery 41, 42 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 33, 42 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 33, 42 ENERGY STAR certification 34, 43 environmental notices 33, 42 equipment disposal notice 33, 42 ergonomics notice 4, 20 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 40, 51 European Union notices 3, 19 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 54 Index desktops, thin clients, modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 workstations notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 17 modifications 2 modifications, notebook computers notebook computers notice 1 Federal Communications G GS Notice 4, 20 Commission 2 N New Zealand modem statement 12, H headset and earphone volume level 16 notices notice 23, 27 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 40, 51 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 5, 20 Japan power cord notice 13, 29 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 51 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9, 27 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 41 Mexico wireless notice 5, 20 modem notices 9, 14 modem statements Canada 12, 15 Japan 12 New Zealand 12, 16 U.S. 9, 10, 14 airline travel 8 battery 8, 41, 42 battery, user replacement 23 Brazil 3, 19, 24, 28 Canada 3, 19 China restriction of hazardous substances 38, 48 environmental 33, 42 equipment disposal 33, 42 ergonomics 4, 20 European Union 3, 19 headset and earphone volume level 23, 27 India restriction of hazardous substances 40, 51 Japan 5, 20 Japan power cord 13, 29 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 41, 51 keyboard 24 laser safety 9, 27 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 5, 20 modem 9, 14 perchlorate material 41, 44 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 7, 22 Taiwan 7, 22 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 41 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 1 O obvestila omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 52 obvestilo o omejevanju uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 52 P power cord notice 13, 24 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 33, 42 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 7, 22 T Taiwan notice 7, 22 TCO Certified Edge Certification 52 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 24, 31 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 9, 10, 14 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 41 V voice support 13, 16 volume level notice, headset and earphone 23, 27 W wireless LAN devices 2, 18, 19 Index 55 Informations sur les rglementations, la scurit et les conditions d'utilisation Manuel de l'utilisateur Copyright 2015-2016 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth est une marque dtenue par son propritaire et utilise sous licence par HP Inc. ENERGY STAR et la marque de ENERGY STAR sont des marques dposes aux tats-Unis. Java est une marque dpose d'Oracle et/ou de ses filiales. Les informations contenues dans ce document peuvent tre modifies sans pravis. Les garanties relatives aux produits et aux services HP sont dcrites dans les dclarations de garantie limite expresse qui les accompagnent. Aucun lment du prsent document ne peut tre interprt comme constituant une garantie supplmentaire. HP ne saurait tre tenu pour responsable des erreurs ou omissions de nature technique ou rdactionnelle qui pourraient subsister dans le prsent document. Troisime dition : fvrier 2016 Premire dition : aot 2015 Rfrence du document : 836854-053 propos de ce manuel Ce manuel fournit des informations sur les rglementations, la scurit et les conditions d'utilisation en conformit avec les rglementations amricaines, canadiennes et internationales en matire d'ordinateurs portables, d'ordinateurs de bureau, de clients lgers et de stations de travail personnelles. Le non-respect des instructions expose l'utilisateur des risques potentiellement trs AVERTISSEMENT !
graves. ATTENTION :
informations qu'il contient. REMARQUE :
Le non-respect des instructions prsente des risques, tant pour le matriel que pour les Le texte ainsi dfini fournit des informations importantes supplmentaires. iii iv propos de ce manuel Sommaire 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables .................................................................................... 1 Accs aux tiquettes de conformit ...................................................................................................................... 1 Avis de la FCC .......................................................................................................................................................... 2 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cbles .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Produits avec appareils sans fil LAN ou modules mobiles large bande HP ..................................... 3 Avis pour le Brsil ................................................................................................................................................... 3 Avis pour le Canada ................................................................................................................................................ 3 Avis pour l'Union europenne ................................................................................................................................ 4 Dclaration de conformit .................................................................................................................. 4 Produits quips de fonctionnalit radio ......................................................................... 5 Restrictions pour les produits quips de fonctionnalit radio ....................................... 5 Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) ............................ 5 Avis sur l'ergonomie .......................................................................................................... 6 Allemagne (texte en franais) ........................................................................ 6 Allemagne (texte en allemand) ...................................................................... 6 Avis pour l'Australie et la Nouvelle-Zlande .......................................................................................................... 6 Avis WWAN pour la Chine ....................................................................................................................................... 6 Avis pour le Japon .................................................................................................................................................. 7 Marques de certification des priphriques WLAN, WWAN et Bluetooth ......................................... 7 Avis pour le Mexique .............................................................................................................................................. 7 Avis de rglementation pour la Russie .................................................................................................................. 7
....................................................................................... 7
................................................................................... 8
: ........................................................................................... 8
: ................................................................................................ 8 Avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour ....................................................................................................... 8 Avis pour la Core du Sud ...................................................................................................................................... 9 Avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN pour la Thalande ........................................................................................ 9 Avis de la NCC pour Tawan .................................................................................................................................... 9 Priphriques WLAN 802.11a ............................................................................................................. 9 Priphriques sans fil LAN 802.11/Priphriques Bluetooth/Priphriques courte porte ........ 10 Avis sur les utilisations en vol ............................................................................................................................. 10 Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur ........................................................................................... 10 Avis sur les batteries scelles en usine ............................................................................................................... 10 Conformit du laser ............................................................................................................................................. 11 v Avis sur les modems ............................................................................................................................................ 11 Homologations du priphrique de tlcommunication .................................................................. 12 Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis .......................................................................................... 13 Dclarations sur les modems pour les tats-Unis ............................................................................ 14 Avis sur les modems pour le Canada ................................................................................................ 15 Avis sur les modems pour le Japon ................................................................................................... 15 Dclarations sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande ................................................................. 16 Prise en charge vocale .................................................................................................... 16 Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation ..................................................................................................................... 17 Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation pour le Japon ........................................................................... 17 Prise CC de la source d'alimentation externe HP .............................................................................. 17 Avis de Macrovision Corporation ......................................................................................................................... 17 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles .......... 18 Avis sur les modems ............................................................................................................................................ 18 Homologations des priphriques de tlcommunications ............................................................ 18 Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis .......................................................................................... 19 Avis sur les modems pour le Canada ................................................................................................ 20 Avis sur les modems pour le Japon ................................................................................................... 20 Dclarations sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande ................................................................. 20 Prise en charge vocale .................................................................................................... 21 Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique ........................................................................................................... 21 Avis de la FCC ..................................................................................................................................... 21 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 22 Cbles .............................................................................................................................. 22 Produits quips de priphriques LAN sans fil ............................................................. 22 Dclaration sur les tlcommunications pour l'Australie ................................................................. 22 Avis pour le Brsil .............................................................................................................................. 22 avis pour le Canada ........................................................................................................................... 22 Avis pour l'Union europenne ........................................................................................................... 24 Dclaration de conformit .............................................................................................. 25 Produits quips de fonctionnalit radio ..................................................... 25 Restrictions pour les produits quips de fonctionnalit radio .................. 25 Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) ........ 25 Avis sur l'ergonomie ..................................................................................... 25 Avis pour le Japon .............................................................................................................................. 26 Marques de certification des priphriques WLAN et Bluetooth ................................... 26 Avis pour le Mexique ......................................................................................................................... 27 Avis de rglementation pour la Russie ............................................................................................. 27
.................................................................. 27
.............................................................. 27 vi
: ...................................................................... 27
: ........................................................................... 27 Avis pour la Core du Sud .................................................................................................................. 28 Avis de la NCC pour Tawan ................................................................................................................ 28 Priphriques WLAN 802.11a ......................................................................................... 28 Priphriques sans fil LAN 802.11/Priphriques Bluetooth/Priphriques courte porte .................................................................................................................. 28 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables .............................................................................................. 29 Avis d'avertissement relatif la chaleur ............................................................................................................. 29 Avis sur les risques lis la scurit ................................................................................................................... 29 Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur ........................................................................................... 29 Avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs .................................................................................. 30 Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation ..................................................................................................................... 30 Avis pour le Brsil .............................................................................................................................. 30 Nettoyage du clavier ............................................................................................................................................ 30 Avis sur les dplacements ................................................................................................................................... 30 Avis de scurit pour la Chine .............................................................................................................................. 30 Chine : avis sur l'altitude .................................................................................................................... 30 Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales ........................................................ 31 Norvge et Sude : avis de mise la terre des cbles pour les produits quips d'un tuner TV ....................... 31 Avis de la BSMI pour Tawan ................................................................................................................................ 31 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles ..................... 32 Informations importantes relatives la scurit ............................................................................................... 32 Conditions d'installation ...................................................................................................................................... 33 Avis sur le remplacement de la batterie .............................................................................................................. 33 Avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs .................................................................................. 33 Scurit des lasers ............................................................................................................................................... 34 Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation et au cordon d'alimentation ........................................................... 34 Exigences relatives la mise la terre des alimentations de classe 1 ............................................ 34 Avis pour le Brsil ............................................................................................................ 34 Danemark ........................................................................................................................ 34 Finlande ........................................................................................................................... 34 Norvge ........................................................................................................................... 34 Sude .............................................................................................................................. 34 Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation ...................................................................................... 35 Pour une utilisation en Norvge ..................................................................................... 35 Exigences relatives au cordon d'alimentation .................................................................................. 35 Spcifications du cordon d'alimentation pour le Japon .................................................................... 35 Risque de pincement ........................................................................................................................................... 36 vii Protection des connecteurs de l'antenne TV ....................................................................................................... 36 Mise la terre d'une antenne de tlvision externe ......................................................................... 36 Protection contre la foudre ............................................................................................................... 36 Remarque destine aux installateurs de systmes de tlvision par cble .................................... 37 Avis de scurit pour la Chine .............................................................................................................................. 37 Chine : avis sur l'altitude .................................................................................................................... 37 Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales ........................................................ 38 Avis d'acoustique pour l'Allemagne ..................................................................................................................... 38 Avis de la BSMI pour Tawan ................................................................................................................................ 38 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables ................................................................. 39 Recyclage du matriel lectronique, de l'emballage et de la batterie ................................................................ 39 Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs ........................................................................................... 39 Mise au rebut des batteries alcalines au Brsil ................................................................................................... 39 Informations sur le recyclage du matriel au Brsil ........................................................................................... 40 Certification ENERGY STAR (certains modles) ................................................................................................. 40 Substances chimiques ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine ............................................................................................................... 41 tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine .......................................................... 42 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) ......................................................... 45 Tableau des substances/composants dangereux et leur contenu ................................................... 45 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Inde (RoHS) ............................................................. 47 Informations sur le rglement 1275/2008 de la Commission europenne ....................................................... 47 Dclarations IT ECO .............................................................................................................................................. 48 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour le Japon (RoHS) ........................................................ 48
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 48 Rglementation EEE de la Turquie ...................................................................................................................... 48 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine (RoHS) ........................................................ 48 Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire ................................. 49 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles .................................................................................................................................................. 50 Recyclage du matriel lectronique, de l'emballage et de la batterie ................................................................ 50 Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs ........................................................................................... 50 Mise au rebut des batteries alcalines au Brsil ................................................................................................... 50 Informations sur le recyclage du matriel au Brsil ........................................................................................... 51 Certification ENERGY STAR (certains modles) ................................................................................................. 51 Substances chimiques ......................................................................................................................................... 52 Avis sur le mercure .............................................................................................................................................. 52 Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire ................................. 52 Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine ............................................................................................................... 53 viii tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine .......................................................... 53 Restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour la Chine (ROHS) ....................................................... 56 Tableau des substances/composants dangereux et leur contenu ................................................... 56 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Inde (RoHS) ............................................................. 59 Informations sur le rglement 1275/2008 de la Commission europenne ....................................................... 59 Dclarations IT ECO .............................................................................................................................................. 59 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour le Japon (RoHS) ........................................................ 59 Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije ...................................................................................................... 59 Rglementation EEE de la Turquie ...................................................................................................................... 60 Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino ................................................................... 60 Certification TCO Certified Edge ........................................................................................................................... 61 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 62 ix x 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Ce chapitre fournit des avis de rglementation spcifiques des pays et des rgions concernant les produits filaires et sans fil, ainsi que des informations de conformit concernant l'ordinateur. Certains de ces avis peuvent ne pas s'appliquer votre produit. Un ou plusieurs appareils sans fil intgrs peuvent tre installs. Dans certains environnements, l'utilisation d'appareils sans fil peut tre limite. Ces restrictions peuvent s'appliquer bord des avions, dans les hpitaux, dans les lieux proximit d'explosifs et dans les environnements dangereux, etc. Si vous ne connaissez pas la politique relative l'utilisation de ce produit, demandez l'autorisation de l'utiliser avant de le mettre sous tension. Accs aux tiquettes de conformit Les tiquettes de conformit, qui fournissent des informations sur les rglementations de votre pays ou rgion (par exemple, l'ID FCC), peuvent tre situes physiquement sous l'ordinateur, l'intrieur du compartiment de la batterie (certains modles), sous le cache de service amovible (certains modles), l'arrire de l'cran ou sur le module du modem ou de l'appareil sans fil. Certains produits peuvent galement fournir des tiquettes de conformit lectroniques (tiquettes lectroniques) pour les modules radio de votre ordinateur. Les tiquettes lectroniques sont accessibles via le BIOS systme. REMARQUE :
REMARQUE :
possdent peut-tre pas d'ID FCC. Les tiquettes lectroniques ne sont pas disponibles sur tous les produits. Les appareils qui ne sont pas destins la vente ou une utilisation aux tats-Unis ne 2. 3. 4. 5. Pour afficher les tiquettes de conformit lectroniques :
1. Mettez l'ordinateur sous tension ou redmarrez-le, puis appuyez sur la touche echap lorsque le message Press the ESC key for Startup Menu (Pour accder au menu de dmarrage, appuyez sur la touche echap) apparat en bas de l'cran. Appuyez sur f10 pour accder Computer Setup. l'aide d'un priphrique de pointage ou des touches de direction, slectionnez Advanced (Avanc), Electronic Labels (tiquettes de conformit), puis appuyez sur la touche entre. Pour afficher une tiquette lectronique, utilisez un priphrique de pointage ou les touches de direction pour slectionner un des lments de la liste, puis appuyez sur OK. REMARQUE :
d'ordinateur et des priphriques installs. La liste des lments d'tiquette lectronique disponibles varie en fonction du modle Pour quitter les menus de Computer Setup sans enregistrer vos modifications :
Slectionnez l'icne Exit (Quitter) dans le coin infrieur droit de l'cran, puis suivez les instructions l'cran. ou Accs aux tiquettes de conformit 1 Utilisez les touches de direction pour slectionner Main (Principal), Ignore Changes and Exit (Ignorer les modifications et quitter), puis appuyez sur la touche entre. Avis de la FCC Le prsent quipement a t test et dclar conforme aux limites d'un appareil numrique de Classe B, telles que dfinies dans l'article 15 des rglementations FCC. Ces limites sont conues pour fournir une protection raisonnable contre les interfrences prjudiciables dans un environnement rsidentiel. Le prsent quipement gnre, utilise et peut mettre une nergie de radiofrquence et, s'il n'est pas install et utilis conformment aux instructions, peut entraner des interfrences prjudiciables pour les radiocommunications. Cependant, tout risque d'interfrences ne peut tre totalement exclu dans certains environnements spcifiques. Si cet quipement entrane des interfrences en matire de rception radio ou tlvision, ce qui peut tre vrifi en teignant et en rallumant l'quipement, il est recommand l'utilisateur d'essayer de corriger les interfrences en suivant une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes :
Rorienter ou dplacer l'antenne de rception. Augmenter la distance entre l'quipement et le rcepteur. Brancher le matriel informatique sur la prise d'un circuit autre que celui sur lequel est branch le rcepteur. Demander conseil votre revendeur ou un technicien radio ou tlvision expriment. Cet appareil est conforme l'article 15 des rglementations FCC. Son fonctionnement est soumis deux conditions :
1. 2. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer des interfrences nuisibles, et Cet appareil doit accepter toute interfrence reue, notamment des interfrences pouvant provoquer un fonctionnement non voulu. Pour toute question concernant ce produit, contactez :
HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 ou appelez HP au 650-857-1501. Pour identifier ce produit, reportez-vous la rfrence de pice, de gamme ou de modle indique sur le produit. Modifications La FCC stipule que l'utilisateur doit tre inform que toute modification opre sur l'appareil, n'ayant pas t expressment approuve par HP, peut entraner l'annulation des droits d'exploitation du produit dont bnficie l'utilisateur. Cbles Pour tre conformes la rglementation de la FCC, les connexions d'entre de l'appareil doivent tre tablies avec des cbles blinds munis d'embouts de connecteurs RFI/EMI mtalliques. 2 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Produits avec appareils sans fil LAN ou modules mobiles large bande HP Cet appareil ne doit pas tre plac ct ou fonctionner avec une autre antenne ou un autre metteur. AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition aux radiations de frquence radio La puissance de rayonnement de cet appareil est infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux radiations mises par les frquences radio FCC. Toutefois, l'appareil doit tre utilis de sorte que les possibilits de contact humain soient rduites au maximum pendant le fonctionnement normal de tablettes et d'ordinateurs portables. Pendant le fonctionnement normal de tablettes et d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont infrieurs ou gaux 30,5 cm (12 pouces) : pour viter de dpasser les limites d'expositions aux frquences radio dictes dans la rglementation FCC, il est prfrable de ne pas s'approcher plus de 2,5 cm (1 pouce) de l'antenne. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. Pendant le fonctionnement normal d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont suprieurs 30,5 cm
(12 pouces) : pour viter tout risque de dpassement des limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par la FCC, les antennes ne doivent pas se trouver moins de 20 cm (8 pouces) de l'utilisateur, y compris lorsque l'cran de l'ordinateur est ferm. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. Avis pour le Brsil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Avis pour le Canada Cet appareil numrique de Classe B respecte toutes les exigences des rglementations canadiennes sur les quipements pouvant causer des interfrences, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). Si cet appareil est quip de fonctions WLAN ou Bluetooth, il est conforme aux normes RSS exemptes de licence dictes par Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis deux conditions : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas gnrer d'interfrence et (2) cet appareil doit supporter toutes les interfrences reues, y compris les interfrences qui pourraient entraner un dysfonctionnement de l'appareil. Avis pour le Brsil 3 AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition aux radiations de frquence radio : la puissance de rayonnement de cet appareil est infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux radiations mises par les frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada. Toutefois, l'appareil doit tre utilis de sorte que les possibilits de contact humain soient rduites au maximum pendant son fonctionnement normal. Pendant le fonctionnement normal de tablettes et d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont infrieurs ou gaux 30,5 cm (12 pouces) : pour viter de dpasser les limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada, il est prfrable de ne pas s'approcher plus de 2,5 cm (1 pouce) de l'antenne. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. Pendant le fonctionnement normal d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont suprieurs 30,5 cm
(12 pouces) : pour viter tout risque de dpassement des limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada, les antennes ne doivent pas se trouver moins de 20 cm (8 pouces) de l'utilisateur, y compris lorsque l'cran de l'ordinateur est ferm. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. ATTENTION :
matriel l'extrieur. En effet, il fonctionne dans la plage de frquences allant de 5,15 5,25 GHz. Industrie Canada exige que ce matriel soit utilis l'intrieur pour la plage de frquences comprise entre 5,15 et 5,25 GHz, afin de rduire les risques d'interfrence avec les systmes de satellites du service mobile du canal commun. Un radar puissance leve est allou comme premier utilisateur des bandes de frquence allant de 5,25 5,35 GHz et de 5,65 5,85 GHz. Ces stations radar peuvent entraner des interfrences avec cet appareil et/ou l'endommager. Les antennes de ce priphrique ne sont pas remplaables. Toute tentative d'accs par l'utilisateur endommagera l'ordinateur. Lorsque vous utilisez un rseau local sans fil IEEE 802.11a, abstenez-vous d'utiliser ce Avis pour l'Union europenne Dclaration de conformit Les produits portant la marque CE sont conformes une ou plusieurs directives de l'UE suivantes, le cas chant :
Directive sur les quipements hertziens et quipements terminaux de tlcommunications 1999/5/CE
(remplace en 2017 par RED 2014/53/EU) ; Directive "Basse tension" 2006/95/CE (remplace en avril 2016 par 2014/35/EU) ; Directive CEM 2004/108/CE (remplace en avril 2016 par 2014/30/EU) ; directive Ecodesign 2009/125/CE ; directive RoHS 2011/65/CE. La conformit ces directives est value l'aide des normes harmonises europennes applicables. L'intgralit de la dclaration de conformit est disponible sur le site Web suivant : http://www.hp.eu/
certificates (effectuez une recherche partir du nom de modle du produit ou de son numro de produit, accessible sur l'tiquette de conformit). Pour toute question portant sur les rglementations, envoyez un courrier : HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Allemagne. 4 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Produits quips de fonctionnalit radio Ce produit intgre un appareil de transmission et rception radiolectrique. Lors d'une utilisation standard d'un ordinateur portable, l'observation d'une distance de sparation de 20 cm permet aux niveaux d'exposition des frquences radio de respecter la conformit des normes de l'UE. Les produits conus pour une utilisation en de de cette distance, tels que les tablettes, respectent la conformit aux normes de l'UE applicables dans les positions de fonctionnement standard. Les produits peuvent tre utiliss sans garder une distance de sparation, sauf indication contraire dans les instructions spcifiques au produit. Restrictions pour les produits quips de fonctionnalit radio En cas de fonctionnement sur une bande de frquence comprise entre 5 150 et 5 350 MHz, ce produit est limit une utilisation en intrieur uniquement. Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) Le produit ci-joint est conforme aux spcifications de la directive 1999/5/CE applicable (annexe II) et porte en consquence la marque CE. Cependant, des diffrences existant entre les rseaux tlphoniques publics commuts (RTPC) nationaux prsents dans les diffrents pays/rgions, cette homologation en elle-mme ne garantit pas la russite de toutes les oprations sur tous les points de terminaison du RTPC. En cas de problme, prenez contact avec le fournisseur auprs duquel vous vous tes procur votre quipement. Avis pour l'Union europenne 5 Avis sur l'ergonomie Allemagne (texte en franais) Lorsqu'un ordinateur portable est utilis sur une station de travail professionnelle dans le cadre d'un travail sur cran de visualisation o la directive 90/270/CEE relative aux crans de visualisation est applicable, un clavier externe adapt est recommand. Selon l'application et le travail ralis, un moniteur externe adapt peut galement tre ncessaire pour obtenir des conditions de travail comparables celles d'une station de travail. Rf : EK1-ITB 2000 (certification GS volontaire) Les ordinateurs portables portant la marque d'homologation GS sont conformes aux exigences en matire d'ergonomie. Sans clavier externe, ils sont uniquement adapts aux tches ponctuelles sur cran de visualisation. Une utilisation mobile dans de mauvaises conditions de luminosit (par exemple, lumire directe du soleil) peut occasionner des reflets et donc rduire la lisibilit. Allemagne (texte en allemand) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG
(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Rf : EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. Avis pour l'Australie et la Nouvelle-Zlande Cet quipement intgre un appareil de transmission et rception radiolectrique. Lors d'une utilisation standard, l'observation d'une distance de sparation de 20 cm permet aux niveaux d'exposition des frquences radio de respecter la conformit des normes australiennes et no-zlandaises. Avis WWAN pour la Chine 6 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Avis pour le Japon Marques de certification des priphriques WLAN, WWAN et Bluetooth This product contains certified radio equipment. Avis pour le Mexique Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. El nmero de modelo reglamentario de este producto est en la etiqueta normativa. Si votre produit est fourni avec des accessoires sans fil, tels qu'un clavier ou une souris, et si vous devez identifier le modle de l'accessoire, reportez-vous l'tiquette appose sur cet accessoire. Le numro de modle rglementaire de ce produit se trouve sur l'tiquette rglementaire. Avis de rglementation pour la Russie HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, Californie 94304, tats-Unis Avis pour le Japon 7 10 ,
. 4-, 5- 6 . 4- , 3 , 2013 . 5 6 , 12-
12 . HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, Californie 94304, tats-Unis 10
. 4-, 5- 6
. 4- , 3 2013 . 5 6
, , 12 12-
.
:
: .. , , 125171, . ,
, 16, .3, / : +7 495 797 35 00
: .. , , 050040, . , , -, 77/7,
/ :
+ 7 727 355 35 52
:
: A.O. , , 125171, ,
, 16A 3, / : +7 495 797 35 00
: .. ,
, 050040, ., , -
, 77/7, / : +7 727 355 35 52 Avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour Mettez hors tension les priphriques WWAN lorsque vous tes bord d'avions. L'utilisation de ces appareils bord d'avions est illgale, peut tre dangereuse pour le fonctionnement de l'avion et risque de perturber le rseau de tlphonie mobile. Le non-respect de cette instruction peut entraner la suspension ou le refus de services cellulaires au contrevenant, ou des actions juridiques, ou les deux. Les utilisateurs doivent limiter l'emploi d'quipement radio dans des dpts de carburant, usines chimiques et l o des explosions sont en cours. Comme pour les autres quipements mobiles de transmission par frquences radiolectriques, il est recommand aux utilisateurs, pour le bon fonctionnement de leur quipement et pour la scurit du 8 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables personnel, de ne pas trop approcher les antennes du corps humain au cours du fonctionnement de l'quipement. Ce priphrique a t conu pour tre conforme aux exigences applicables pour l'exposition aux ondes radio, en fonction de normes scientifiques qui comprennent des plages destines assurer la scurit de tout le monde, quel que soit l'ge et l'tat de sant. Ces rgles d'exposition aux ondes radio utilisent une unit de mesure appele taux d'absorption spcifique (SAR - Specific Absorption Rate). Les tests relatifs aux taux d'absorption sont mens l'aide de mthodes standardises, le tlphone transmettant son niveau certifi le plus lev dans toutes les bandes de frquences utilises. Les informations de donnes SAR se basent sur les normes EN50360 et EN50361 de CENELEC, qui utilisent la limite de 2 watts par kilogramme, sur une moyenne de 10 grammes de tissu. Avis pour la Core du Sud Avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN pour la Thalande Cet quipement de tlcommunications est conforme aux rglementations de la NTC. Avis de la NCC pour Tawan Priphriques WLAN 802.11a Avis pour la Core du Sud 9 Priphriques sans fil LAN 802.11/Priphriques Bluetooth/Priphriques courte porte Avis sur les utilisations en vol L'utilisation d'quipement lectronique bord d'un avion commercial est laisse la discrtion de la compagnie arienne. Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur Ne jetez pas les batteries ayant atteint leur dure de vie utile avec les ordures mnagres. Appliquez les lois et rglementations locales en matire de mise au rebut des batteries d'ordinateur. HP encourage ses clients recycler les quipements lectroniques usags, les cartouches d'impression HP d'origine et les batteries rechargeables. Pour plus d'informations sur les programmes de recyclage, consultez le site Web HP l'adresse http://www.hp.com/recycle. Pour des informations sur le retrait d'une batterie remplaable par l'utilisateur, reportez-vous au manuel de l'utilisateur livr avec le produit. Avis sur les batteries scelles en usine La ou les batteries de ce produit ne peuvent pas tre facilement remplaces par les utilisateurs. Le retrait ou le remplacement de la batterie pourrait affecter votre droit la garantie. Si une batterie ne tient plus la charge, contactez le support. Ne jetez pas les batteries ayant atteint leur dure de vie utile avec les ordures mnagres. Appliquez les lois et rglementations locales en matire de mise au rebut des batteries. 10 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Conformit du laser L'utilisation de mthodes de contrle ou de rglage ou de procdures, autres que celles AVERTISSEMENT !
indiques dans ce document ou dans le manuel d'installation d'appareils rayon laser, peut exposer l'utilisateur des radiations dangereuses. Pour rduire le risque d'exposition un rayonnement dangereux :
N'essayez pas d'ouvrir le botier du module. Il ne contient pas de composant rparable par l'utilisateur. N'effectuez pas de commandes, de rglages ou d'oprations sur l'appareil laser, en dehors de ce qui est indiqu dans le manuel d'installation du produit laser. Seuls les mainteneurs agrs HP sont autoriss rparer l'unit. Ce produit peut tre fourni avec un priphrique de stockage optique (par exemple, un lecteur de CD ou DVD) et/ou un metteur-rcepteur fibre optique. Chacun de ces appareils qui contient un laser est class comme produit laser de classe 1 conformment la norme CEI/EN 60825-1 et rpond aux critres de scurit de cette norme. Chaque produit laser est conforme aux paragraphes 21 CFR 1040.10 et 1040.11 des rglementations FDA des tats-Unis ou est conforme ces rglementations l'exception des dviations relatives l'avis sur le laser No. 50, en date du 24 juin 2007. Avis sur les modems AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire le risque d'incendie, de choc lectrique et de blessure lors de l'utilisation de ce priphrique, suivez systmatiquement les consignes de scurit de base, notamment :
N'utilisez pas l'appareil proximit d'eau, par exemple prs d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un vier ou d'une piscine, ou encore dans une cave humide. vitez d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage. Il existe un risque d'lectrocution d la foudre. N'utilisez jamais cet appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz si vous vous trouvez proximit de la fuite. Dbranchez systmatiquement le cble du modem avant d'ouvrir l'enceinte de l'appareil ou de toucher un cble modem non isol, une prise jack ou un composant interne. Si le produit n'est pas fourni avec un cble tlphonique, utilisez exclusivement un cble de tlcommunication 26 AWG ou suprieur. Ne branchez pas un cble de modem ou de tlphone sur la prise rseau (RJ-45). CONSERVEZ CES INSTRUCTIONS. Conformit du laser 11 Homologations du priphrique de tlcommunication Le priphrique de tlcommunication de cet ordinateur est homologu pour une connexion au rseau tlphonique des pays et rgions dont les marques d'homologation apparaissent sur l'tiquette de produit situe sur la partie infrieure de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem. Reportez-vous au manuel de l'utilisateur livr avec le produit pour vous assurer que celui-ci est configur pour le pays ou rgion dans lequel ou laquelle il se trouve. La slection d'un pays ou d'une rgion autre que celui ou celle o se trouve le produit peut entraner une configuration du modem en violation des lois sur les tlcommunications de ce pays ou de cette rgion. De plus, il est possible que le modem ne fonctionne pas correctement si vous n'avez pas slectionn correctement le pays/la rgion. Si, lorsque vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion, un message indique que votre pays ou rgion n'est pas pris en charge, cela signifie que le modem n'a pas t homologu dans ce pays ou cette rgion et qu'il ne doit donc pas tre utilis. 12 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis Ce matriel est conforme l'article 68 des rglementations de la FCC et aux conditions adoptes par l'ACTA. Une tiquette est appose sur la partie infrieure de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem. Elle inclut, entre autres informations, un identificateur de produit au format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Fournissez ces informations la compagnie tlphonique si elle vous y invite. Certification applicable de la prise USOC = RJ11C. La fiche et la prise utilises pour connecter ce matriel au cblage des locaux et au rseau tlphonique doivent tre conformes l'article 68 des rglementations de la FCC et aux conditions adoptes par l'ACTA. Un cordon tlphonique et une fiche modulaire conformes sont fournis avec ce produit. Ils sont conus pour tre connects une prise modulable galement conforme. Reportez-vous aux instructions d'installation pour plus d'informations. Le REN est utilis pour dterminer le nombre de priphriques qui peuvent tre connects une ligne tlphonique. Si la ligne tlphonique regroupe un nombre trop important de REN, les priphriques peuvent ne pas sonner lors d'un appel entrant. Dans la plupart des emplacements, la somme des REN ne doit pas dpasser cinq (5). Pour connatre avec certitude le nombre de priphriques qui peuvent tre connects une ligne, et donc le nombre total de REN, contactez votre compagnie tlphonique. Pour les produits homologus aprs le 23 juillet 2001, le REN fait partie de l'identificateur de produit dont le format est US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Les chiffres reprsents par le signe ## constituent le REN sans virgule (par exemple, 03 reprsente un REN de 0,3). Pour les produits antrieurs, le REN est indiqu sparment sur l'tiquette. Si ce matriel HP dgrade le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie tlphonique vous avertira l'avance qu'une interruption du service peut tre requise. S'il n'est pas possible de vous informer de cette interruption l'avance, la compagnie vous avertira au plus vite. En outre, vous serez inform de votre droit dposer une rclamation auprs de la FCC si vous pensez que cela n'est ncessaire. La compagnie tlphonique peut apporter des modifications ses installations, quipements, oprations ou procdures pouvant affecter le bon fonctionnement du matriel. Dans ce cas, il vous en informera l'avance afin que vous puissiez prendre les mesures ncessaires pour assurer un service tlphonique ininterrompu. Si vous rencontrez des problmes avec cet quipement, contactez le support technique. S'il dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie tlphonique peut vous demander de le dconnecter jusqu' ce que le problme soit rsolu. Les seules rparations que vous pouvez effectuer sont celles qui sont prsentes dans la section Rsolution des problmes du manuel de l'utilisateur, si ce dernier est fourni. La connexion des lignes partages est soumise des taxes dpendant de chaque tat. Pour plus d'informations, contactez la commission des services publics ou la commission des entreprises. Si votre domicile est quip d'un dispositif d'alarme spcial connect la ligne tlphonique, vrifiez que l'installation de ce matriel HP ne le dsactive pas. Pour toute question concernant les quipements susceptibles de dsactiver votre alarme, consultez votre compagnie tlphonique ou un installateur qualifi. Le Telephone Consumer Protection Act de 1991 rend illgal le fait d'utiliser un ordinateur ou tout autre dispositif lectronique, y compris un tlcopieur, pour envoyer des messages ne contenant pas clairement, dans une marge situe dans la partie suprieure ou infrieure de chaque page transmise ou sur la premire page de chaque transmission, la date et l'heure de l'envoi, ainsi que des lments identifiant l'entreprise, l'entit ou la personne l'origine du message, ainsi que le numro de tlphone de la machine expditrice, de l'entreprise, de l'entit ou de la personne. (Le numro de tlphone fourni ne peut pas tre un numro en 900 ou tout autre numro dont le cot dpasse celui d'un appel local ou longue distance.) Pour programmer ces informations dans votre tlcopieur, vous devez suivre la procdure dcrite dans les instructions du logiciel de tlcopie. Avis sur les modems 13 Dclarations sur les modems pour les tats-Unis Reportez-vous la dclaration suivante du fournisseur du modem concernant le priphrique de modem install dans votre ordinateur :
14 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Avis sur les modems pour le Canada Cet quipement est conforme aux spcifications techniques d'Industrie Canada applicables. Le REN indique le nombre maximal d'appareils pouvant tre connects une interface tlphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une combinaison d'appareils quelconque condition que la somme des REN de ces dispositifs ne dpasse pas 5. Le REN de ce terminal de communication est 1. Avis sur les modems pour le Japon Si l'ordinateur ne possde pas la marque de certification des priphriques japonais sur sa partie infrieure, reportez-vous la marque de certification approprie ci-dessous. La marque de certification des priphriques japonais pour le modem tlcopie/donnes V.92 56K est illustre ci-dessous :
Avis sur les modems 15 Dclarations sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande L'octroi d'un Telepermit pour n'importe quel terminal de tlcommunication indique uniquement que Telecom certifie que l'quipement est bien conforme aux exigences minimales de connexion son rseau. Il ne constitue aucunement une prise de responsabilit quant au produit par Telecom, et n'apporte aucune sorte de garantie. Plus particulirement, il n'apporte aucune garantie que l'quipement fonctionnera correctement et en tous points avec un autre quipement Telepermit d'une marque ou d'un modle diffrent, et n'implique pas qu'un produit est compatible avec l'ensemble des services du rseau Telecom. Quelles que soient les conditions d'utilisation, ce matriel ne peut fonctionner correctement aux vitesses suprieures celles pour lesquelles il a t conu. Telecom dcline toute responsabilit si des difficults devaient apparatre dans de telles circonstances. Si cet quipement est dot de la composition impulsions, Telecom ne garantit pas la prise en charge de celle-ci par la ligne. L'utilisation de la composition impulsions, sur une ligne partage par plusieurs dispositifs, peut provoquer un dclenchement de la sonnerie ou des parasites et galement une rponse errone. Si ce type de problme se produit, l'utilisateur ne doit pas contacter les services techniques de Telecom Nouvelle-Zlande. Certains paramtres ncessaires pour une conformit avec les exigences Telepermit de Telecom dpendent du matriel (PC) associ cet appareil. Le matriel associ doit tre configur de manire fonctionner dans les limites prescrites pour tre conforme aux spcifications Telecom :
a. Chaque appel manuel ne dpassera pas 10 tentatives d'appel au mme numro dans un intervalle de 30 minutes. Le matriel doit rester l'tat raccroch pendant une priode d'au moins 30 secondes entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la tentative suivante. Lorsque des appels automatiques sont passs divers numros, le matriel doit tre configur pour passer l'tat raccroch pendant une priode d'au moins 5 secondes entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la tentative suivante. Le matriel doit tre configur de telle manire que les appels soient traits dans un dlai de 3 30 secondes partir de la rception de la sonnerie (il doit donc tre configur entre 2 et 10 secondes). b. c. d. Prise en charge vocale Toutes les personnes qui utilisent cet appareil pour enregistrer des conversations tlphoniques doivent se soumettre la lgislation de la Nouvelle-Zlande. Celle-ci exige qu'au moins une des deux parties participant la conversation soit au courant de l'enregistrement. En outre, les principes relatifs la nature des informations personnelles recueillies, aux objectifs de leur collecte, leur utilisation et la divulgation de ces informations des tiers, principes rpertoris dans la loi sur la protection de la vie prive de 1993, doivent tre respects. Ce matriel ne doit pas tre configur de manire passer des appels automatiques au numro d'urgence
(111) mis en place par Telecom. 16 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs portables Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation Si votre ordinateur ne vous a pas t livr avec un cordon d'alimentation ou un accessoire d'alimentation secteur compatible avec votre ordinateur, vous devrez acheter un cordon d'alimentation homologu pour votre pays ou votre rgion. Le cordon d'alimentation doit tre test et garanti pour le produit, pour la tension et le type d'intensit figurant sur l'tiquette des valeurs nominales lectriques du produit. Les valeurs nominales de tension et d'intensit du cordon doivent tre suprieures celles indiques sur l'ordinateur. En outre, le diamtre du cordon doit tre au minimum de 0,75 mm/18 AWG et sa longueur doit tre comprise entre 1,0 m (3,2 pieds) et 2 m (6,56 pieds). Si vous avez des questions sur le type de cordon d'alimentation utiliser, contactez votre fournisseur de service agr. Branchez le cordon d'alimentation de sorte qu'il ne puisse pas tre pitin ou coinc par des objets. Accordez une attention particulire la fiche, la prise secteur et l'endroit o le cordon sort du botier du portable. Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation pour le Japon Prise CC de la source d'alimentation externe HP Avis de Macrovision Corporation Ce produit intgre une technologie de protection des droits d'auteur qui est protge par des revendications de procd de certains brevets amricains et d'autres droits sur la proprit intellectuelle de Macrovision Corporation et d'autres bnficiaires de droits. L'utilisation de cette technologie de protection des droits d'auteur doit tre autorise par Macrovision Corporation et a pour but de permettre un visionnage domestique et d'autres utilisations limites uniquement, sauf autorisation de Macrovision Corporation. L'ingnierie inverse et le dsassemblage sont interdits. Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation 17 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur les modems AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire le risque d'incendie, d'lectrocution et de blessures pendant l'utilisation de cet appareil, suivez systmatiquement les rgles de scurit de base suivantes :
N'utilisez pas l'appareil proximit d'eau, par exemple prs d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un vier ou d'une piscine, ou encore dans une cave humide. vitez d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage. Il existe un risque d'lectrocution d la foudre. N'utilisez jamais cet appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz si vous vous trouvez proximit de la fuite. Dbranchez systmatiquement le cble du modem avant d'ouvrir l'enceinte de l'appareil ou de toucher un cble modem non isol, une prise jack ou un composant interne. Si le produit n'est pas fourni avec un cble tlphonique, utilisez exclusivement un cble de tlcommunication 26 AWG ou suprieur. Ne branchez pas un cble de modem ou de tlphone sur la prise rseau RJ-45 (rseau Ethernet). CONSERVEZ CES INSTRUCTIONS. Homologations des priphriques de tlcommunications Le priphrique de tlcommunications de votre ordinateur est homologu pour une connexion au rseau tlphonique des pays et rgions dont le certificat d'homologation apparat sur l'tiquette du produit appose sur la base de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem. Pour vrifier que ce matriel est configur pour le pays ou la rgion o il se trouve, reportez-vous au manuel de l'utilisateur qui l'accompagne. Si vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion autre que celui ou celle dans lequel se trouve le modem, il risque de violer les lois de tlcommunications du pays ou de la rgion. De plus, votre modem risque de ne pas fonctionner correctement si vous ne slectionnez pas le bon pays ou la bonne rgion. Si, lorsque vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion, un message indique que ce pays ou cette rgion n'est pas support, c'est que le modem n'a pas t agr dans ce pays ou cette rgion et ne doit donc pas tre utilis. 18 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis Cet quipement est conforme l'article 68 des rglementations FCC et aux conditions adoptes par l'ACTA. Une tiquette appose sur la face infrieure de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem comporte, entre autres informations, un identificateur de produit au format US: AAAEQ##TXXXX. Fournissez ces informations la compagnie tlphonique si elle vous le demande. Homologation applicable prise USOC = RJ11C. Les prises utilises pour connecter cet quipement aux cbles lectriques des lieux et au rseau tlphonique doivent tre conformes l'article 68 des rglementations FCC et aux conditions approuves par l'ACTA. Un cordon tlphonique et une prise modulaire conformes FCC sont livrs avec cet quipement. Il est conu pour tre branch sur une prise modulable galement conforme. Pour des dtails, reportez-vous aux instructions d'installation. Le REN permet de dterminer le nombre de priphriques pouvant tre raccords sur une ligne tlphonique. Si un nombre excessif d'appareils est prsent sur la ligne tlphonique, ceux-ci risquent de ne pas rpondre un appel entrant. Dans la plupart des cas (mais pas toujours), la somme des REN des priphriques raccords sur une ligne ne doit pas dpasser cinq (5). Pour tre sr du nombre d'appareils pouvant tre connects une mme ligne (dtermin par le numro REN), contactez la compagnie de tlphone locale. Pour les produits agrs aprs le 23 juillet 2001, le REN fait partie de l'identificateur du produit qui est au format amricain :
AAAEQ##TXXXX. Les chiffres reprsents par le signe ## constituent le REN sans virgule (par exemple, 03 reprsente un REN de 0,3). Pour les produits antrieurs cette date, le REN est affich sparment sur l'tiquette. Si cet quipement HP dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie de tlphone vous avisera par avance qu'une interruption de service peut tre requise. Si la compagnie de tlphone ne peut pas vous aviser par avance, vous serez inform ds que possible. Vous serez galement inform de vos droits de rclamation auprs de la FCC si vous le jugez ncessaire. La compagnie de tlphone peut apporter des modifications ses quipements, oprations ou procdures pouvant affecter le bon fonctionnement de votre matriel. Si cela se produit, la compagnie de tlphone vous informera par avance pour vous permettre d'apporter les modifications requises afin d'assurer un service tlphonique sans interruption. Si vous rencontrez des problmes avec cet quipement, contactez le support technique. S'il dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie tlphonique peut vous demander de le dconnecter jusqu' ce que le problme soit rsolu. Les seules rparations que vous pouvez effectuer sont celles qui sont prsentes dans la section Rsolution des problmes du manuel de l'utilisateur, si ce dernier est fourni. Le raccord des lignes partages est soumis aux tarifs en vigueur dans votre pays. Pour plus d'informations, contactez les commissions d'utilit publique, la commission de service public ou les commissions d'entreprise. Si votre domicile est quip d'un dispositif d'alarme spcial connect la ligne tlphonique, vrifiez que l'installation de cet quipement HP ne dsactive pas ce dispositif. Si vous avez des questions sur ce qui peut dsactiver le dispositif d'alarme, consultez votre compagnie de tlphone ou un installateur qualifi. La loi de 1991 sur la protection des usagers du tlphone interdit l'utilisation d'un ordinateur ou de tout autre dispositif lectronique, y compris les tlcopieurs, pour l'envoi d'un message, moins que ne soit inscrit clairement sur ce message (dans la marge, le haut ou le bas de chaque page ou sur la premire page) la date et l'heure de l'envoi ainsi que l'identit de la socit expditrice, de l'entit ou du particulier, ainsi que le numro de tlphone de la machine expditrice, de l'entit ou du particulier. Le numro de tlphone ne doit pas tre un numro commenant par 900 ni un numro dont le cot dpasse celui d'un appel local ou longue distance. Pour programmer ces informations dans votre tlcopieur, reportez-vous aux instructions relatives au logiciel d'envoi de tlcopies. Avis sur les modems 19 Avis sur les modems pour le Canada Cet quipement est conforme aux normes techniques Industrie Canada applicables. Le REN donne une indication sur le nombre maximum de priphriques qu'il est possible de relier une interface tlphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une combinaison de priphriques quelconque condition que la somme des REN de ces dispositifs ne dpasse pas 5. Le REN de ce terminal de communication est 1. Avis sur les modems pour le Japon Si la marque de certification japonaise ne figure pas sur la base de l'ordinateur, reportez-vous la certification ci-dessous. Au Japon, la marque de certification pour le modem LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft est la suivante :
Dclarations sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande L'octroi d'un Telepermit pour n'importe quel terminal de tlcommunication indique uniquement que Telecom certifie que l'quipement est bien conforme aux exigences minimales de connexion son rseau. Il ne constitue aucunement une prise de responsabilit quant au produit par Telecom et n'apporte aucune sorte de garantie. Plus particulirement, il n'apporte aucune garantie que l'quipement fonctionnera correctement et en tous points avec un autre quipement Telepermit d'une marque ou d'un modle diffrent, et n'implique pas qu'un produit est compatible avec l'ensemble des services du rseau Telecom. Quelles que soient les conditions d'utilisation, ce matriel ne peut fonctionner correctement aux vitesses suprieures celles pour lesquelles il a t conu. Telecom dcline toute responsabilit si des difficults devaient apparatre dans de telles circonstances. Si cet quipement est dot de la composition impulsions, Telecom ne garantit pas la prise en charge permanente de la composition impulsions. L'utilisation de la numrotation par impulsions, sur une ligne partage par plusieurs dispositifs, peut provoquer un dclenchement de la sonnerie ou des parasites et galement une rponse errone. Si de tels problmes apparaissent, l'utilisateur ne doit pas contacter le service de rparation de Telecom. Certains paramtres ncessaires pour une conformit avec les exigences Telepermit de Telecom dpendent du matriel (PC) associ cet appareil. L'quipement associ doit tre configur de manire fonctionner dans les limites prescrites pour tre conforme aux spcifications Telecom :
a. Seules 10 tentatives d'appel maximum peuvent tre effectues au mme numro dans un intervalle de 30 minutes, pour n'importe quelle initialisation manuelle d'appel. Un intervalle minimum de 30 secondes doit s'couler entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la suivante. Lorsque des appels automatiques sont effectus divers numros, un intervalle minimum de 5 secondes doit s'couler entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la suivante. L'quipement doit tre configur de telle manire que les appels soient traits dans un dlai de 3 30 secondes partir de la rception de la sonnerie (il doit donc tre configur entre 2 et 10 secondes). b. c. d. 20 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Prise en charge vocale Toutes les personnes qui utilisent cet appareil pour enregistrer des conversations tlphoniques doivent se soumettre la lgislation de la Nouvelle-Zlande. Celle-ci exige qu'au moins une des deux parties participant la conversation doit tre au courant de l'enregistrement. En outre, les principes relatifs la nature des informations personnelles recueillies, aux objectifs de leur collecte, leur utilisation et la divulgation de ces informations des tiers, principes rpertoris dans la loi Privacy Act 1993, doivent tre respects. Ce matriel ne doit pas tre configur de manire passer des appels automatiques au numro d'urgence
(111) mis en place par Telecom. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique Ce manuel prsente les avis de rglementation relatifs aux fonctions avec et sans fil des diffrents pays et rgions, ainsi que des informations de conformit de l'ordinateur. Certains de ces avis ne s'appliquent peut-
tre pas votre produit. Un ou plusieurs priphriques sans fil intgrs peuvent tre installs. Dans certains environnements, l'utilisation d'appareils sans fil peut tre limite. Ces restrictions peuvent s'appliquer dans les avions, dans les hpitaux, prs d'explosifs, dans des lieux dangereux, etc. Si vous n'tes pas sr des rgles qui s'appliquent ce produit, demandez si vous pouvez l'utiliser avant de le mettre sous tension. Avis de la FCC Cet quipement a t test et trouv conforme aux limitations relatives aux appareils numriques de classe B, en accord avec l'article 15 des rgles de la FCC. Ces limitations sont conues pour offrir une protection raisonnable contre les interfrences dans une installation rsidentielle. Cet quipement produit, utilise et peut mettre de l'nergie sous forme de radiofrquences. S'il n'est pas utilis conformment aux instructions, il peut produire des interfrences nuisibles aux communications radio. Cependant, il n'existe aucune garantie assurant qu'il n'y aura pas d'interfrence dans une installation particulire. Si l'utilisateur constate des interfrences lors de la rception d'missions de radio ou de tlvision (il suffit pour le vrifier d'allumer et d'teindre successivement l'appareil), il devra prendre l'une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes pour les liminer savoir :
Rorienter ou repositionner l'antenne de rception. Accrotre la distance entre le matriel et le rcepteur. Brancher le matriel informatique sur une prise d'un circuit autre que celui sur lequel est branch le rcepteur. Demander conseil un revendeur ou un technicien de radio ou de tlvision expriment. Cet appareil est conforme l'article 15 des rglementations FCC. Son fonctionnement est soumis deux conditions :
1. 2. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer des interfrences nuisibles, et Cet appareil doit accepter toute interfrence reue, notamment des interfrences pouvant provoquer un fonctionnement non voulu. Pour toute question concernant ce produit, contactez :
HP Inc. 1501 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 ou appelez HP au 650-857-1501 Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 21 Pour identifier ce produit, reportez-vous la rfrence de pice, de gamme ou de modle indique sur le produit. Modifications La FCC requiert que l'utilisateur soit averti que toute modification de cet quipement non approuve expressment pas la socit Hewlett-Packard pourrait annuler le droit de l'utilisateur d'utiliser l'quipement. Cbles Les cbles branchs cet quipement doivent tre blinds et comporter des protections de connecteur mtalliques de type RFI/EMI pour tre conformes aux directives et rglementations de la FCC. Produits quips de priphriques LAN sans fil Ce produit peut tre quip d'un priphrique de rseau local sans fil. Ce priphrique ne doit pas tre situ au mme endroit ou fonctionner en mme temps qu'une autre antenne ou un autre metteur. AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition des missions de radiofrquence La puissance de sortie mise par ce priphrique est infrieure aux limites de la FCC sur l'exposition des missions de radiofrquence. Nanmoins, le priphrique doit tre utilis de faon ce que les risques de contact physique soient rduits pendant le fonctionnement normal de l'appareil. Pendant le fonctionnement normal : Pour viter tout risque de dpassement des limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par la FCC, les antennes ne doivent pas se trouver moins de 20 cm (8 pouces) de l'utilisateur. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous la documentation qui accompagne l'ordinateur. Dclaration sur les tlcommunications pour l'Australie L'ordinateur doit tre connect au rseau de tlcommunications par un cble rpondant aux critres de la norme AS/CA S008. AVERTISSEMENT !
pas tre installs dans un autre priphrique. Les modems sans connecteur RJ11 intgral qui sont livrs avec cet ordinateur ne doivent Cet quipement intgre un appareil de transmission et rception radiolectrique. Lors d'une utilisation standard, l'observation d'une distance de sparation de 20 cm permet aux niveaux d'exposition des frquences radio de respecter la conformit des normes australiennes et no-zlandaises. Avis pour le Brsil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. ATTENTION : A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. avis pour le Canada Cet appareil numrique de Classe B respecte toutes les exigences des rglementations canadiennes sur les quipements pouvant causer des interfrences, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). Si ce priphrique est quip de fonctions WLAN ou Bluetooth, il est conforme aux normes RSS exemptes de licence dictes par Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis deux conditions : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas gnrer d'interfrence et (2) cet appareil doit supporter toutes les interfrences reues, y compris les interfrences qui pourraient entraner un dysfonctionnement de l'appareil. 22 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition aux radiations de frquence radio La puissance de rayonnement de cet appareil est infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux radiations mises par les frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada. Toutefois, l'appareil doit tre utilis de sorte que les possibilits de contact humain soient rduites au maximum pendant son fonctionnement normal. Pendant le fonctionnement normal : Pour viter tout risque de dpassement des limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada, les antennes ne doivent pas se trouver moins de 20 cm
(8 pouces) de l'utilisateur. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous la documentation qui accompagne l'ordinateur. ATTENTION : En cas d'utilisation d'un rseau LAN IEEE 802.11a, ce produit doit uniquement tre utilis l'intrieur d'un btiment, en raison de son fonctionnement sur la plage de frquence de 5,15 5,25 GHz. Industrie Canada exige que ce produit soit utilis l'intrieur d'un btiment pour la plage de frquence allant de 5,15 5,25 GHz afin de rduire le risque d'interfrences prjudiciables pour les systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant le mme canal. Les plages de 5,25 5,35 GHz et de 5,65 5,85 GHz sont alloues prioritairement aux radars haute puissance. Ces stations radar peuvent provoquer des interfrences avec cet appareil ou l'endommager. L'antenne de cet appareil ne se remplace pas. Toute tentative de modification par l'utilisateur peut endommager l'ordinateur. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 23 Avis pour l'Union europenne 24 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Dclaration de conformit Les produits portant la marque CE sont conformes une ou plusieurs directives de l'UE suivantes, le cas chant :
Directive sur les quipements hertziens et quipements terminaux de tlcommunications 1999/5/CE
(remplace en 2017 par RED 2014/53/EU) ; Directive "Basse tension" 2006/95/CE (remplace en avril 2016 par 2014/35/EU) ; Directive CEM 2004/108/CE (remplace en avril 2016 par 2014/30/EU) ; directive Ecodesign 2009/125/CE ; directive RoHS 2011/65/CE. La conformit ces directives est value l'aide des normes harmonises europennes applicables. L'intgralit de la dclaration de conformit est disponible sur le site Web suivant : http://www.hp.eu/
certificates (effectuez une recherche partir du nom de modle du produit ou de son numro de produit, accessible sur l'tiquette de conformit). Pour toute question portant sur les rglementations, envoyez un courrier : HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Allemagne. Produits quips de fonctionnalit radio Cet quipement peut intgrer un appareil de transmission et rception radiolectrique. Lors d'une utilisation standard d'un ordinateur de bureau, l'observation d'une distance de sparation de 20 cm permet aux niveaux d'exposition des frquences radio de respecter la conformit des normes de l'UE. Restrictions pour les produits quips de fonctionnalit radio En cas de fonctionnement sur une bande de frquence comprise entre 5 150 et 5 350 MHz, ce produit est limit une utilisation en intrieur uniquement. Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) Le produit ci-joint est conforme aux spcifications de la directive 1999/5/CE applicable (annexe II) et porte en consquence la marque CE. Cependant, des diffrences existant entre les rseaux tlphoniques publics commuts (RTPC) nationaux prsents dans les diffrents pays/rgions, cette homologation en elle-mme ne garantit pas la russite de toutes les oprations sur tous les points de terminaison du RTPC. En cas de problme, prenez contact avec le fournisseur auprs duquel vous vous tes procur votre quipement. L'quipement a t conu pour fonctionner avec les rseaux DTMF analogiques. Cet quipement peut connatre des difficults d'interconnexion sur les rseaux RTPC prenant uniquement en charge la composition impulsions. Contactez votre oprateur rseau pour bnficier d'une aide supplmentaire. Avis sur l'ergonomie Allemagne Un systme informatique compos de produits de la marque HP respecte les exigences applicables relatives l'ergonomie si tous les produits inclus concerns portent la marque de conformit GS , par exemple un ordinateur de bureau professionnel, un clavier, une souris et un moniteur. Allemagne (texte en allemand) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-
Maus und Bildschirm. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 25 Avis pour le Japon Marques de certification des priphriques WLAN et Bluetooth If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. 26 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis pour le Mexique Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Si su producto se brinda con accesorios inalmbricos como un teclado o un mouse y necesita identificar el modelo del accesorio, consulte la etiqueta incluida en ese accesorio. Avis de rglementation pour la Russie HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, Californie 94304, tats-Unis 10 ,
. 4-, 5- 6 . 4- , 3 , 2013 . 5 6 , 12-
12 . HP Inc.
: 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, Californie 94304, tats-Unis 10
. 4-, 5- 6
. 4- , 3 2013 . 5 6
, , 12 12-
.
:
: .. , , 125171, . ,
, 16, .3, / : +7 495 797 35 00
: .. , , 050040, . , , -, 77/7,
/ :
+ 7 727 355 35 52
:
: A.O. , , 125171, , Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 27
, 16A 3, / : +7 495 797 35 00
: .. ,
, 050040, ., , -
, 77/7, / : +7 727 355 35 52 Avis pour la Core du Sud Avis de la NCC pour Tawan Priphriques WLAN 802.11a Priphriques sans fil LAN 802.11/Priphriques Bluetooth/Priphriques courte porte 28 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques de blessures graves, lisez le manuel Scurit et ergonomie du poste de travail. Il dcrit l'installation du poste de travail, la posture ainsi que les conditions de scurit et de travail appropries pour les utilisateurs, et fournit des informations importantes sur la scurit lectrique et mcanique. Vous trouverez ce manuel sur le Web l'adresse http://www.hp.com/ergo, ainsi que sur le CD de documentation qui accompagne le produit. Avis d'avertissement relatif la chaleur AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour viter tout risque de blessure associe la chaleur ou de surchauffe de l'ordinateur, ne placez pas ce dernier sur vos genoux et n'obstruez pas ses ouvertures d'aration. Utilisez toujours l'ordinateur sur une surface plane et rigide. La ventilation ne doit pas tre entrave par des lments rigides, tels qu'une imprimante, ni par des lments souples, tels que des coussins, du tissu ou un tapis pais. De mme, l'adaptateur secteur ne doit rester en contact ni avec la peau ni avec un lment souple, tel que des coussins, un vtement ou un tapis lorsque l'ordinateur est en cours de fonctionnement. L'ordinateur et l'adaptateur secteur sont conformes aux limites de temprature de surface accessible l'utilisateur, dfinies par la norme internationale sur la scurit du matriel informatique (CEI/EN 60950). Avis sur les risques lis la scurit Si vous observez l'une des situations suivantes (ou avez d'autres inquitudes en matire de scurit), n'utilisez pas l'ordinateur : bruit de crpitement, de sifflement ou de claquement ou forte odeur/fume en provenance de l'ordinateur. La survenue de l'une de ces situations est normale en cas de dfaillance d'un composant lectronique interne de manire neutralise et contrle. Cependant, ces situations peuvent galement signifier un risque de scurit. Ne partez pas du principe qu'il s'agit d'une dfaillance neutralise. Mettez l'ordinateur hors tension, dconnectez-le de sa source d'alimentation, puis contactez le support technique. Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur Il existe un risque d'explosion en cas de remplacement de la batterie par une batterie AVERTISSEMENT !
d'un type incorrect. liminez les batteries usages en respectant les instructions. AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire le risque d'incendie ou de brlures, abstenez-vous de dmonter, d'craser, de perforer, de jeter dans l'eau ou dans le feu une batterie, ou encore de court-circuiter ses connecteurs externes. AVERTISSEMENT ! Ne laissez pas les batteries la porte des enfants. AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour limiter les risques lis la scurit, n'utilisez que la batterie fournie avec l'ordinateur, une batterie de remplacement fournie par HP ou une batterie compatible achete comme accessoire auprs de HP. Avis d'avertissement relatif la chaleur 29 Avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs AVERTISSEMENT !
volumes levs pendant des priodes prolonges. Pour viter les dommages causs votre systme auditif, n'coutez pas des Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques de choc lectrique ou de dtrioration du matriel :
Branchez le cordon d'alimentation sur une prise secteur facilement accessible tout moment. Coupez l'alimentation de l'ordinateur en dbranchant le cordon d'alimentation de la prise secteur. Si l'ordinateur portable est fourni avec une fiche tripolaire, branchez le cordon sur une prise lectrique tripolaire relie la terre. Ne dsactivez pas la broche de mise la terre du cordon d'alimentation en utilisant, par exemple, un adaptateur bipolaire. La broche de mise la terre constitue un lment de scurit essentiel. AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour limiter les problmes de scurit potentiels, utilisez avec cet ordinateur uniquement l'adaptateur secteur fourni avec l'ordinateur, un adaptateur secteur de remplacement fourni par HP ou un adaptateur secteur achet comme accessoire auprs de HP. Avis pour le Brsil Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Nettoyage du clavier AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques de chocs lectriques ou de dommages aux composants internes, n'utilisez pas l'embout de l'aspirateur pour nettoyer le clavier. L'utilisation d'un aspirateur peut entraner le dpt de poussires mnagres sur le clavier. Nettoyez rgulirement le clavier pour viter que les touches ne deviennent collantes et pour supprimer la poussire, les peluches et les particules susceptibles de se loger sous les touches. Utilisez une bombe dpoussirante air comprim avec embout directionnel permettant d'insuffler de l'air sous le clavier et autour des touches et ainsi d'liminer les particules. Avis sur les dplacements AVERTISSEMENT ! Afin de rduire le risque d'lectrocution, d'incendie ou de dtrioration du matriel, n'essayez pas d'alimenter l'ordinateur avec un kit de conversion de tension pour lectromnager. Avis de scurit pour la Chine Chine : avis sur l'altitude Avis sur l'altitude pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie au-del de 5 000 m d'altitude 30 Chapitre 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables Icne Description Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales Avis pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie dans des conditions tropicales Icne Description Norvge et Sude : avis de mise la terre des cbles pour les produits quips d'un tuner TV ATTENTION : Pour limiter les risques lis la scurit, utilisez un isolant voltaque lors de la connexion un systme de distribution par cble. Avis de la BSMI pour Tawan Norvge et Sude : avis de mise la terre des cbles pour les produits quips d'un tuner TV 31 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Informations importantes relatives la scurit AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques de blessures graves, lisez le manuel Scurit et ergonomie du poste de travail. Il dcrit l'installation du poste de travail, la posture ainsi que les conditions de scurit et de travail appropries pour les utilisateurs, et fournit des informations importantes sur la scurit lectrique et mcanique. Vous trouverez ce manuel sur le Web l'adresse http://www.hp.com/ergo, ainsi que sur le CD de documentation qui accompagne le produit. Pour rduire les risques de choc lectrique ou de dtrioration du matriel :
Branchez le cordon d'alimentation sur une prise secteur facilement accessible tout moment. Coupez l'alimentation de l'ordinateur en dbranchant le cordon d'alimentation de la prise secteur. Si l'ordinateur portable est fourni avec une fiche tripolaire, branchez le cordon sur une prise lectrique tripolaire relie la terre. Ne dsactivez pas la broche de mise la terre du cordon d'alimentation en utilisant, par exemple, un adaptateur bipolaire. La broche de mise la terre constitue un lment de scurit essentiel. L'ordinateur peut tre trs lourd ; assurez-vous d'adopter une position ergonomique adquate lors de sa manipulation. Installez l'ordinateur proximit d'une prise secteur. Le cordon d'alimentation secteur constitue le principal dispositif de dconnexion secteur de votre ordinateur et doit donc tre facilement accessible. Pour votre scurit, le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec votre ordinateur est quip d'une broche de mise la terre. Utilisez toujours le cordon d'alimentation avec une prise murale correctement relie la terre, afin de rduire les risques d'lectrocution. Pour rduire les risques de choc lectrique en provenance du rseau tlphonique, branchez votre ordinateur sur une prise secteur avant de le connecter une ligne tlphonique. Par ailleurs, dconnectez votre ligne tlphonique avant de dbrancher votre ordinateur de la prise secteur. Dbranchez le cordon du modem du rseau tlphonique avant d'installer ou d'enlever le capot de votre ordinateur. N'utilisez pas l'ordinateur lorsque le capot est enlev. Pour plus de scurit, dbranchez toujours l'ordinateur de sa source d'alimentation, de tout systme de tlcommunications (comme les lignes tlphoniques), des rseaux et des modems avant d'excuter toute opration de maintenance. Si vous ne respectez pas ces consignes, vous risquez de vous blesser ou de causer des dommages matriels. Le modem et l'alimentation de ce produit renferment des niveaux de tension dangereux. ATTENTION : Si votre ordinateur est quip d'un commutateur de slection de tension destin aux systmes fonctionnant sous 115 ou 230 V, ce commutateur a t prdfini sur la tension en vigueur dans le pays/rgion o il a t vendu initialement. Mettre le commutateur sur la mauvaise position peut endommager l'ordinateur et annuler toute garantie implicite. 32 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Ce produit n'a pas t valu pour une connexion un systme d'alimentation informatique (un systme de distribution de courant alternatif sans connexion directe la terre, selon la norme CEI/EN 60950). Conditions d'installation Consultez les instructions d'installation avant de brancher cet quipement sur l'alimentation. AVERTISSEMENT !
L'quipement doit tre pourvu d'un raccordement la terre protecteur secteur appropri. Cet ordinateur peut contenir des pices sous tension et amovibles. Dbranchez le cordon d'alimentation avant de retirer le botier. Remettez le botier bien en place avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension. Avis sur le remplacement de la batterie Le produit peut contenir une pile ou un module de batterie interne alcalin, au dioxyde de AVERTISSEMENT !
lithium manganse ou au pentoxyde de vanadium. Il y a danger d'incendie et de brlures s'il n'est pas manipul correctement. Pour rduire les risques de blessure :
N'essayez pas de recharger la batterie. Ne l'exposez pas des tempratures suprieures 60 C (140 F). N'essayez pas de dmonter, d'craser, de percer la batterie, ni de court-circuiter ses bornes ou de la jeter dans le feu ou l'eau. Il existe un risque d'explosion en cas de remplacement de la batterie par une batterie d'un type incorrect. liminez les batteries usages en respectant les instructions. Remplacez uniquement par une batterie HP prvue pour ce produit. Pour plus d'informations sur le retrait d'une batterie, reportez-vous la documentation de l'ordinateur. Icne Description Les piles, modules de batterie et accumulateurs ne doivent pas tre jets avec les ordures mnagres. Pour permettre leur recyclage ou leur mise au rebut, veuillez utiliser les systmes de collecte publique ou renvoyez-
les HP, un partenaire HP agr ou leurs agents. Icne Description Taiwan EPA demande aux fabricants ou aux importateurs de piles, conformment l'Article 15 de la loi relative la mise au rebut (Waste Disposal Act), d'indiquer les mentions de rcupration des piles usages dans des points de vente, brochures ou publicits. Contactez une entreprise de recyclage qualifie pour la mise au rebut approprie de la pile. Avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs AVERTISSEMENT !
volumes levs pendant des priodes prolonges. Pour viter les dommages causs votre systme auditif, n'coutez pas des Conditions d'installation 33 Scurit des lasers Pour les produits quips d'units optiques ou d'metteurs fibre optique. Ce produit peut tre quip d'un priphrique de stockage optique (c'est--dire un lecteur CD ou DVD) et/ou d'un metteur-rcepteur fibre optique. Ces lments comportent des lasers classs dans la catgorie des produits laser de classe 1, conformment la norme IEC/EN 60825-1, et sont conformes ses exigences. Chacun de ces produits laser est conforme aux rgulations 21 CFR 1040.10 et 1040.11 de la US FDA ou est conforme ces normes l'exception des diffrences conformment la notice des lasers No. 50, du 24 Juin 2007. L'utilisation de mthodes de contrle ou de rglage ou de procdures, autres que celles AVERTISSEMENT !
indiques dans ce document ou dans le manuel d'installation des appareils rayon laser, peut exposer l'utilisateur des radiations dangereuses. Pour rduire le risque d'exposition un rayonnement dangereux :
N'essayez pas d'ouvrir le botier du module. Il ne contient pas de composant rparable par l'utilisateur. N'effectuez pas de commandes, de rglages ou d'oprations sur l'appareil laser, en dehors de ce qui est indiqu dans le prsent manuel. Seuls les techniciens agrs HP sont autoriss rparer l'unit. Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation et au cordon d'alimentation Exigences relatives la mise la terre des alimentations de classe 1 Pour tre protg contre les courants de dfaut, l'quipement doit tre raccord une borne de terre. Branchez le cordon d'alimentation sur une prise secteur disposant d'une mise la terre raccorde la terre. Les cordons d'alimentation de remplacement ne fournissent pas une protection adquate contre les dfauts. Utilisez exclusivement le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec ce produit ou un cordon de remplacement agr par Hewlett-Packard. Avis pour le Brsil Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Danemark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finlande Norvge Sude Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. 34 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation Les alimentations sur certains produits sont quipes de commutateurs de tension externes. La fonction de slection de tension sur le produit autorise son fonctionnement sous toute tension comprise entre 100-127 ou 200-240 volts secteur. Les alimentations sur les produits dpourvus de commutateurs de tension externes sont quipes de circuits internes qui dtectent la tension d'entre et basculent automatiquement sur la tension approprie. Pour des raisons de scurit, n'utilisez que l'adaptateur secteur fourni avec l'quipement ou un adaptateur de remplacement autoris par Hewlett-Packard. Les rfrences de remplacement sont disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Pour une utilisation en Norvge Ce produit est galement conu pour un systme lectrique informatique avec tension phase-phase de 230 V. Exigences relatives au cordon d'alimentation Le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec le produit est conforme aux rglementations en vigueur dans le pays o le matriel a t achet l'origine. N'utilisez que le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec l'quipement ou un cordon d'alimentation de remplacement de Hewlett-Packard ou d'une source HP agre. Les rfrences de remplacement sont disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Les cordons d'alimentation destins tre utiliss dans d'autres pays doivent respecter les normes du pays o vous utilisez le produit. Pour plus d'informations sur les exigences de cordon d'alimentation, contactez votre revendeur, votre mainteneur ou votre fournisseur de services agr HP. AVERTISSEMENT ! N'utilisez pas de cordons d'alimentation d'autres produits. Un mauvais cordon d'alimentation peut entraner un risque de dcharge lectrique ou d'incendie. Les exigences prsentes ci-aprs s'appliquent tous les pays. 1. 2. Le cordon d'alimentation doit tre homologu par une agence accrdite, responsable de l'valuation dans le pays o le cordon sera install. La longueur du cordon doit tre comprise entre 1,8 m (6 pieds) et 3,6 m (12 pieds). Pour un cordon d'alimentation de 2 m (6,56 pieds) ou moins, le diamtre du cordon doit tre d'au minimum 0,75 mm2 ou 18 AWG. Si le cordon d'alimentation dpasse 2 m (6,56 pieds), le diamtre du cordon doit tre d'au minimum 1 mm2 ou 16 AWG. Le cordon d'alimentation doit tre branch un endroit dgag o il ne risque pas d'tre pitin ou coinc par des objets. Accordez une attention particulire la fiche, la prise murale et l'endroit o le cordon sort du botier de l'appareil. AVERTISSEMENT ! N'utilisez pas ce produit avec un cordon d'alimentation endommag. Si le cordon d'alimentation est endommag de quelque manire que ce soit, remplacez-le immdiatement. Un cordon endommag peut entraner des risques de blessure. Spcifications du cordon d'alimentation pour le Japon Pour une utilisation au Japon, utilisez uniquement le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec l'appareil. ATTENTION : N'utilisez pas le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec ce produit pour alimenter d'autres appareils. Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation et au cordon d'alimentation 35 Risque de pincement AVERTISSEMENT ! Observez les zones risque de pincement. N'approchez pas vos doigts des pices se refermant. Protection des connecteurs de l'antenne TV Mise la terre d'une antenne de tlvision externe Si une antenne externe ou un systme par cble est connect(e) ce produit, assurez-vous que l'antenne ou le systme par cble est mis(e) la terre lectriquement de faon vous protger contre les surtensions et les accumulations d'lectricit statique. L'article 810 du code lectrique national (ANSI/NFPA 70) fournit des informations sur la mise la terre de la monture et de la structure portante, la mise la terre du fil d'entre vers un dispositif de dcharge de l'antenne, la taille des conducteurs de mise la terre, l'emplacement du dispositif de dcharge de l'antenne, la connexion aux lectrodes de terre et les exigences relatives aux lectrodes de terre. Protection contre la foudre Pour mieux protger votre produit durant un orage ou lorsqu'il reste inutilis et sans surveillance pendant une priode prolonge, dbranchez le cble de raccordement lectrique, puis l'antenne ou le systme par cble. Vous viterez ainsi que la foudre ou des surtensions n'endommagent le produit. Tableau 4-1 Mise la terre de l'antenne Rfrence Composant de mise la terre 1 2 3 4 5 Compteur lectrique extrieur Systme d'lectrode de mise terre du compteur lectrique (code lectrique national, article 250, partie III) Colliers de mise la terre Conducteurs de mise la terre (code lectrique national, section 810.21) Dispositif de dcharge de l'antenne (code lectrique national, section 810.20) 36 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Tableau 4-1 Mise la terre de l'antenne (suite) Rfrence Composant de mise la terre 6 7 Collier de mise la terre Fil d'entre de l'antenne Remarque destine aux installateurs de systmes de tlvision par cble Ce rappel a pour but d'attirer l'attention des installateurs de systmes de tlvision par cble sur la section 820.93 du code lectrique national, qui fournit des directives pour la mise la terre et spcifie notamment que le blindage du cble coaxial doit tre connect au systme de mise la terre du btiment, aussi prs que possible du point d'entre du cble. Avis de scurit pour la Chine Chine : avis sur l'altitude Avis sur l'altitude pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie au-del de 5 000 m d'altitude Avis de scurit pour la Chine 37 Icne Description Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales Avis pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie dans des conditions tropicales Icne Description Avis d'acoustique pour l'Allemagne Le niveau de pression acoustique (LpA) est nettement en dessous de 70 dB(A) (position oprateur, fonctionnement normal, selon ISO 7779). Les donnes d'mission de bruit acoustique sont disponibles dans les dclarations IT ECO relatives au produit, l'adresse : http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Avis de la BSMI pour Tawan 38 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables Ce chapitre prsente des avis relatifs l'environnement des diffrents pays ou rgions et des informations de conformit. Certains de ces avis ne s'appliquent peut-tre pas votre produit. Recyclage du matriel lectronique, de l'emballage et de la batterie HP encourage ses clients recycler le matriel lectronique usag, l'emballage des cartouches dimpression dorigine HP et les piles rechargeables. Pour plus d'informations sur les programmes de recyclage, rendez-
vous sur http://www.hp.com/recycle. Pour plus d'informations sur le recyclage du produit au Japon, reportez-vous au site http://www.hp.com/jp/
hardwarerecycle/. Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs Ce symbole indique que vous ne devez pas jeter votre produit avec les dchets mnagers. Il est de votre responsabilit de protger la sant et l'environnement et d'liminer votre quipement en le remettant une dchetterie effectuant le recyclage des quipements lectriques et lectroniques. Pour plus d'informations, prenez contact avec votre service d'limination des ordures mnagres ou ouvrez la page http://www.hp.com/recycle. Mise au rebut des batteries alcalines au Brsil Icne Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes, inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Recyclage du matriel lectronique, de l'emballage et de la batterie 39 Informations sur le recyclage du matriel au Brsil Icne Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes, inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Certification ENERGY STAR (certains modles) ENERGY STAR est un programme de l'agence de protection environnementale des tats-Unis qui aide les entreprises et les personnes conomiser de l'argent et protger le climat par le biais de l'utilisation de produits prsentant une efficacit nergtique suprieure. Les produits certifis ENERGY STAR limitent les missions de gaz effet de serre en rpondant aux critres d'efficacit nergtique stricts dicts par l'Agence de protection environnementale des tats-Unis. En tant que partenaire ENERGY STAR, HP a suivi le processus avanc de certification des produits de l'EPA pour s'assurer que les produits portant le logo ENERGY STAR respectaient les rglementations ENERGY STAR. Le logo suivant apparat sur tous les ordinateurs respectant les spcifications ENERGY STAR :
Une exigence cl du programme ENERGY STAR pour les produits informatiques rside dans l'inclusion de fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation permettant de rduire sensiblement la consommation d'nergie lorsque le produit n'est pas utilis. La gestion de l'alimentation permet un ordinateur de passer automatiquement dans un mode basse consommation veille ou tout autre mode basse consommation, aprs une priode dfinie d'inactivit. Les fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation ont t prdfinies comme suit lorsque l'ordinateur fonctionne sur secteur :
Type d'ordinateur Dlai d'activation du mode veille de l'cran Dlai d'activation du mode veille de l'ordinateur (en minutes) Sortie du mode veille Notebooks, stations de travail mobiles
<= 15 minutes (selon le modle)
<= 30 minutes (selon le modle) Le produit quitte le mode veille lorsque vous appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation/veille. Si le Wake on Lan (WOL) est activ, le systme peut sortir du mode veille en rponse un signal rseau. Tablettes
<= 1 minute Non applicable Non applicable Pour les ordinateurs prenant en charge un profil d'utilisation toujours sous tension, toujours connect o l'accs Internet reste actif (par exemple sur les tablettes), des modes d'alimentation basse consommation alternatifs, comme les modes d'inactivit courte ou d'inactivit prolonge (tels que dfinis dans les exigences du programme ENERGY STAR pour les ordinateurs) sont fournis. Ils consomment trs peu d'nergie (<=
10 Watts) et le cas chant, optimisent l'autonomie du produit. Ces modes alternatifs sont dynamiques. Le mode veille de l'cran est activ aprs 1 minute d'inactivit de l'utilisateur. 40 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables L'ordinateur quitte le mode veille lorsque vous appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation/veille. Lorsque la fonction Wake On LAN (WOL) est active, l'ordinateur peut galement quitter le mode veille en rponse un signal rseau. Plus d'informations sur les conomies nergtiques et financires potentielles lies aux fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation sont prsentes sur le site Web de gestion de l'alimentation ENERGY STAR de l'EPA l'adresse http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. Plus d'informations sur le programme ENERGY STAR et ses avantages pour l'environnement sont disponibles sur le site Web ENERGY STAR de l'EPA l'adresse http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR et le label ENERGY STAR sont des marques dposes dtenues par l'Agence de protection environnementale des tats-Unis. Substances chimiques HP s'engage fournir ses clients des informations sur les substances chimiques contenues dans ses produits conformment aux dispositions lgales telles que REACH (rglement CE numro 1907/2006 du Parlement europen et du Conseil). Un rapport d'informations sur la conformit des substances chimiques de ce produit est disponible l'adresse : http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine Substances chimiques 41 tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine Conformment la rglementation sur la mise en place d'une tiquette de consommation nergtique des micro-ordinateurs pour la Chine (CEL-30), ce micro-ordinateur est quip d'une tiquette d'efficacit nergtique. La classe d'efficacit nergtique (consommation nergtique typique) et la catgorie de produit, prsentes sur l'tiquette, sont dtermines et calcules selon la norme GB28380-2012. 1. Classes d'efficacit nergtique La classe est dtermine par la norme en calculant le niveau de consommation de base et en ajoutant la consommation des lments supplmentaires, tels que la mmoire principale et les cartes graphiques. Quelle que soit la classe, la consommation nergtique typique ne doit pas dpasser la valeur indique dans le tableau suivant :
Type de produit Micro-ordinateur de bureau, tout-en-un Ordinateur portable Consommation nergtique typique (kilowatt-heure) Catgorie A Catgorie B Catgorie C Catgorie D Catgorie A Catgorie B Catgorie C Classe 1 98+Efa 125+Efa 159+Efa 184+Efa 20+Efa 26+Efa 54,5+Efa Classe 2 148+Efa 175+Efa 209+Efa 234+Efa 35+Efa 45+Efa 75,0+Efa Classe 3 198+Efa 225+Efa 259+Efa 284+Efa 45+Efa 65+Efa 123,5+Efa REMARQUE : EFA est la somme du facteur de puissance de fonctions supplmentaires du produit. 2. 3. Consommation nergtique typique Le chiffre de la consommation nergtique indiqu sur l'tiquette correspond aux donnes mesures avec la configuration reprsentative qui couvre toutes les configurations de l'unit d'enregistrement slectionne conformment CEL-30. Par consquent, la consommation nergtique relle de ce micro-
ordinateur spcifique peut ne pas tre identique aux donnes prsentes sur l'tiquette. Catgorie de produit La catgorie de produit est dtermine par la norme selon la configuration du micro-ordinateur. La classification des produits est conforme aux rglementations dans le tableau suivant :
Type de produit Catgorie A Catgorie B Catgorie C Description de la configuration Micro-ordinateur de bureau, tout-en-un Ordinateur portable Micro-ordinateur de bureau et tout-en-un dont la configuration est en dehors du champ d'application de la catgorie B, C et D Ordinateur portable dont la configuration est en dehors du champ d'application de la catgorie B et C 2 curs physiques de processeurs et au moins 2 Go de mmoire systme Processeur graphique distinct Plus de 2 curs physiques de processeurs avec au moins l'une des fonctions suivantes :
1. Au moins 2 Go de mmoire systme Le produit possde au moins 2 curs physiques de processeurs et 2 Go de mmoire systme. Processeur graphique distinct avec 42 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables Type de produit Description de la configuration 2. Processeur graphique distinct une largeur de tampon de trame d'au moins 128 bits. Catgorie D Au moins 4 curs physiques de processeurs avec au moins l'une des fonctions suivantes :
1. 2. Au moins 4 Go de mmoire systme Processeur graphique distinct avec une largeur de tampon de trame d'au moins 128 bits Pour plus de dtails sur la spcification, veuillez vous reporter la norme GB28380-2012. tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine 43 44 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine
(RoHS) Tableau des substances/composants dangereux et leur contenu Requis par les mthodes de gestion du contrle de la pollution par les produits d'informations lectroniques de Chine Matires dangereuses Nom de la pice Plomb
(Pb) Mercure
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Batterie Cbles Camra Chssis/Autre Lecteur de carte mmoire flash Lecteur de disquette Disque dur Casque I/O PCAs Clavier cran LCD Support (CD/DVD/
disquette) Mmoire Carte mre, processeur, dissipateurs thermiques Souris Unit de disque optique Priphrique d'amarrage en option Adaptateur d'alimentation Source d'alimentation Tlcommande Lecteur de carte Smart Card/Java Haut-parleurs externes X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Chrome hexavalent
(Cr(VI)) Diphnyles polybroms (PBB) thers diphnyles polybroms (PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) 45 Matires dangereuses Nom de la pice Tuner TV Unit mmoire flash USB Concentrateur USB Webcam Rcepteur sans fil Cartes sans fil Plomb
(Pb) Mercure
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O Chrome hexavalent
(Cr(VI)) Diphnyles polybroms (PBB) thers diphnyles polybroms (PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Ce formulaire a t a prpar conformment aux dispositions de SJ/T 11364. O : Indique que la quantit de la substance dangereuse mentionne respecte les limites requises par GB/T 26572 dans tous les matriaux homognes du composant. X : Indique que la quantit de la substance dangereuse mentionne dpasse les limites requises par GB/T 26572 dans au moins un matriau homogne du composant. Tous les lments du tableau accompagns d'un X sont conformes la norme RoHS de l'Union europenne. REMARQUE :
d'utilisation du produit, telles que la temprature et l'humidit. La dure d'utilisation cologique en anne, en rfrence, a t dtermine sur la base de conditions normales
/
I/O PCA
(LCD) CD/DVD/
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 46 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables
/Java
() port de chargement USB 3.0, identification USB
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Inde
(RoHS) Ce produit est en conformit avec le rglement indien 2011 de gestion des dchets lectroniques et interdit l'usage de plomb, de mercure, de chrome hexavalent, de polybromobiphnyles (PBB) ou de polybromobiphnylthers (PBDE) dans des concentrations suprieures 0,1 % en poids et 0,01 % en poids pour le cadmium, l'exception des exemptions mentionnes dans l'annexe 2 du rglement. Informations sur le rglement 1275/2008 de la Commission europenne Pour localiser les donnes sur la consommation lectrique des produits, y compris lorsque le produit est en mode veille en rseau et que tous les ports rseau cbls et les appareils sans fil sont connects, reportez-
Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Inde (RoHS) 47 vous la section P14 Informations supplmentaires des dclarations IT ECO l'adresse http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html. Le cas chant, activez et dsactivez le rseau sans fil en suivant les instructions incluses dans le manuel de l'utilisateur du produit ou du systme d'exploitation. Des informations sont galement disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/support. Dclarations IT ECO Pour les ordinateurs portables, rendez-vous sur http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/
productdata/iteconotebook-o.html. Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour le Japon
(RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ce produit a t tiquet conformment la loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie exigeant la divulgation de la consommation nergtique en utilisation normale (mode inactif) et en mode veille. Votre produit correspond l'une des nombreuses configurations de cette famille de modle ; la consommation nergtique du mode inactif de votre configuration spcifique peut tre diffrente des informations figurant sur l'tiquette. La consommation nergtique relle de votre produit peut tre suprieure ou infrieure la valeur signale sur l'tiquette de l'nergie du produit au Mexique en raison de facteurs tels que la configuration (composants et modules choisis) et de l'utilisation (tches ralises, logiciels installs et excuts, etc.). Rglementation EEE de la Turquie Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine (RoHS) L'quipement est conforme aux exigences relatives aux rglementations techniques, approuves par la rsolution du Cabinet des ministres de l'Ukraine date du 3 dcembre 2008 1057, en termes de restrictions quant l'utilisation de certaines substances dangereuses dans les quipements lectroniques et lectriques. 48 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire Voir http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. La batterie de l'horloge en temps rel ou la pile bouton de ce produit est susceptible de contenir du perchlorate et peut ncessiter une manipulation particulire lors de son recyclage ou de sa mise au rebut en Californie. Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire 49 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Ce chapitre prsente des avis relatifs l'environnement des diffrents pays ou rgions et des informations de conformit. Certains de ces avis peuvent ne pas s'appliquer votre produit. Recyclage du matriel lectronique, de l'emballage et de la batterie HP encourage ses clients recycler le matriel lectronique usag, l'emballage des cartouches dimpression dorigine HP et les piles rechargeables. Pour plus d'informations sur les programmes de recyclage, rendez-
vous sur http://www.hp.com/recycle. Pour obtenir des informations concernant le recyclage du produit au Japon, reportez-vous http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs Icne Description Ce symbole indique que vous ne devez pas jeter votre produit avec les dchets mnagers. Il est de votre responsabilit de protger la sant et l'environnement et d'liminer votre quipement en le remettant une dchetterie effectuant le recyclage des quipements lectriques et lectroniques. Pour plus d'informations, prenez contact avec votre service d'limination des ordures mnagres ou ouvrez la page http://www.hp.com/
recycle. Mise au rebut des batteries alcalines au Brsil Icne Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes, inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum 50 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Informations sur le recyclage du matriel au Brsil Icne Description Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes, inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Certification ENERGY STAR (certains modles) ENERGY STAR est un programme de l'agence de protection environnementale des tats-Unis qui aide les entreprises et les personnes conomiser de l'argent et protger le climat par le biais de l'utilisation de produits prsentant une efficacit nergtique suprieure. Les produits certifis ENERGY STAR limitent les missions de gaz effet de serre en rpondant aux critres d'efficacit nergtique stricts dicts par l'Agence de protection environnementale des tats-Unis. En tant que partenaire ENERGY STAR, HP a suivi le processus avanc de certification des produits de l'EPA pour s'assurer que les produits portant le logo ENERGY STAR respectaient les rglementations ENERGY STAR. Le logo suivant apparat sur tous les ordinateurs respectant les spcifications ENERGY STAR :
Une exigence cl du programme ENERGY STAR pour les produits informatiques rside dans l'inclusion de fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation permettant de rduire sensiblement la consommation d'nergie lorsque le produit n'est pas utilis. La gestion de l'alimentation permet un ordinateur de passer automatiquement dans un mode basse consommation veille ou tout autre mode basse consommation, aprs une priode dfinie d'inactivit. Les fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation ont t prdfinies comme suit lorsque l'ordinateur fonctionne sur secteur :
Type d'ordinateur Dlai d'activation du mode veille de l'cran Dlai d'activation du mode veille de l'ordinateur (en minutes) Sortie du mode veille Ordinateurs de bureau, ordinateurs de bureau intgrs, stations de travail
<= 15 minutes (selon le modle)
<= 30 minutes (selon le modle) Clients lgers
<= 15 minutes (selon le modle)
<= 30 minutes lorsque le mode veille est pris en charge par le systme d'exploitation (selon le modle) Le produit quitte le mode veille lorsque l'utilisateur interagit avec un priphrique d'entre, y compris la souris ou le clavier. Si le Wake on Lan (WOL) est activ, le systme peut sortir du mode veille en rponse un signal rseau. Si le mode veille est pris en charge par le systme d'exploitation, le produit quitte le mode veille lorsque l'utilisateur interagit avec un priphrique d'entre, y compris la souris ou le clavier. Si le Wake on Lan (WOL) est activ, le systme peut sortir Informations sur le recyclage du matriel au Brsil 51 Type d'ordinateur Dlai d'activation du mode veille de l'cran Dlai d'activation du mode veille de l'ordinateur (en minutes) Sortie du mode veille du mode veille en rponse un signal rseau. L'ordinateur quitte le mode veille lorsque vous appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation/veille. Lorsque la fonction Wake On LAN (WOL) est active, l'ordinateur peut galement quitter le mode veille en rponse un signal rseau. Plus d'informations sur les conomies nergtiques et financires potentielles lies aux fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation sont prsentes sur le site Web de gestion de l'alimentation ENERGY STAR de l'EPA l'adresse http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. Plus d'informations sur le programme ENERGY STAR et ses avantages pour l'environnement sont disponibles sur le site Web ENERGY STAR de l'EPA l'adresse http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR et le label ENERGY STAR sont des marques dposes dtenues par l'Agence de protection environnementale des tats-Unis. Substances chimiques HP s'engage fournir ses clients des informations sur les substances chimiques contenues dans ses produits, conformment aux normes juridiques en vigueur telles que le rglement concernant l'enregistrement, l'valuation et l'autorisation des substances chimiques, ainsi que les restrictions applicables ces substances (REACH, rglement CE N 1907/2006 du Parlement europen et du Conseil). Des informations sur les substances chimiques contenues dans ce produit sont disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Avis sur le mercure Cette dclaration s'applique tous les ordinateurs tout-en-un quips d'crans intgrs qui n'utilisent pas le rtroclairage LED. Ce produit HP peut contenir les matriaux suivants qui requirent un traitement spcial la fin de leur cycle de vie :
Le mercure contenu dans la lampe fluorescente de l'cran cristaux liquides (LCD) Il se peut que l'limination du mercure soit rglemente en raison de considrations environnementales. Pour obtenir des informations sur l'limination et le traitement de cette substance, veuillez contacter les autorits locales concernes ou l'Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) (http://www.eiae.org). Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire La batterie de l'horloge en temps rel est susceptible de contenir du perchlorate et peut ncessiter une manipulation particulire lors de son recyclage ou de sa mise au rebut en Californie. Reportez-vous au site http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. 52 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine Conformment la rglementation sur la mise en place d'une tiquette de consommation nergtique des micro-ordinateurs pour la Chine (CEL-30), ce micro-ordinateur est quip d'une tiquette d'efficacit nergtique. La classe d'efficacit nergtique (consommation nergtique typique) et la catgorie de produit, prsentes sur l'tiquette, sont dtermines et calcules selon la norme GB28380-2012. 1. Classes d'efficacit nergtique La classe est dtermine par la norme en calculant le niveau de consommation de base et en ajoutant la consommation des lments supplmentaires, tels que la mmoire principale et les cartes graphiques. Quelle que soit la classe, la consommation nergtique typique ne doit pas dpasser la valeur indique dans le tableau suivant :
Type de produit Micro-ordinateur de bureau, tout-en-un Ordinateur portable Consommation nergtique typique (kilowatt-heure) Catgorie A Catgorie B Catgorie C Catgorie D Catgorie A Catgorie B Classe 1 98+Efa 125+Efa 159+Efa 184+Efa 20+Efa 26+Efa Classe 2 148+Efa 175+Efa 209+Efa 234+Efa 35+Efa 45+Efa Classe 3 198+Efa 225+Efa 259+Efa 284+Efa 45+Efa 65+Efa Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine 53 Type de produit Consommation nergtique typique (kilowatt-heure) Catgorie C 54,5+Efa 75,0+Efa 123,5+Efa REMARQUE : EFA est la somme du facteur de puissance de fonctions suppmentaires du produit. 2. 3. Consommation nergtique typique Le chiffre de la consommation nergtique indiqu sur l'tiquette correspond aux donnes mesures avec la configuration reprsentative qui couvre toutes les configurations de l'unit d'enregistrement slectionne conformment CEL-30. Par consquent, la consommation nergtique relle de ce micro-
ordinateur spcifique peut ne pas tre identique aux donnes prsentes sur l'tiquette. Catgorie de produit La catgorie de produit est dtermine par la norme selon la configuration du micro-ordinateur. La classification des produits est conforme aux rglementations dans le tableau suivant :
Type de produit Catgorie A Catgorie B Catgorie C Catgorie D Description de la configuration Micro-ordinateur de bureau, tout-en-un Ordinateur portable Micro-ordinateur de bureau et tout-en-un dont la configuration est en dehors du champ d'application de la catgorie B, C et D Ordinateur portable dont la configuration est en dehors du champ d'application de la catgorie B et C 2 curs physiques de processeurs et au moins 2 Go de mmoire systme Processeur graphique distinct Plus de 2 curs physiques de processeurs avec au moins l'une des fonctions suivantes :
1. 2. Au moins 2 Go de mmoire systme Processeur graphique distinct Le produit possde au moins 2 curs physiques de processeurs et 2 Go de mmoire systme. Processeur graphique distinct avec une largeur de tampon de trame d'au moins 128 bits. Au moins 4 curs physiques de processeurs avec au moins l'une des fonctions suivantes :
1. 2. Au moins 4 Go de mmoire systme Processeur graphique distinct avec une largeur de tampon de trame d'au moins 128 bits Pour plus de dtails sur la spcification, veuillez vous reporter la norme GB28380-2012. 54 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine 55 Restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour la Chine (ROHS) Tableau des substances/composants dangereux et leur contenu Requis par les mthodes de gestion du contrle de la pollution par les produits d'informations lectroniques de Chine Matires dangereuses Nom de la pice Plomb
(Pb) Mercure
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Batterie Cbles Camra Chssis/Autre Lecteur de carte mmoire flash Lecteur de disquette Disque dur Casque I/O PCAs Clavier cran LCD Support (CD/DVD/
disquette) Mmoire Carte mre, processeur, dissipateurs thermiques Souris Unit de disque optique Priphrique d'amarrage en option Adaptateur d'alimentation Source d'alimentation Projecteur Tlcommande Lecteur de carte Smart Card/Java X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Chrome hexavalent
(Cr(VI)) Diphnyles polybroms (PBB) thers diphnyles polybroms (PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 56 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Matires dangereuses Nom de la pice Haut-parleurs externes Stylet Tapis tactile Tuner TV Unit mmoire flash USB Concentrateur USB Webcam Rcepteur sans fil Cartes sans fil Plateau de capture 3D/
plaque tournante Plomb
(Pb) Mercure
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Chrome hexavalent
(Cr(VI)) Diphnyles polybroms (PBB) thers diphnyles polybroms (PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Ce formulaire a t a prpar conformment aux dispositions de SJ/T 11364. O : Indique que la quantit de la substance dangereuse mentionne respecte les limites requises par GB/T 26572 dans tous les matriaux homognes du composant. X : Indique que la quantit de la substance dangereuse mentionne dpasse les limites requises par GB/T 26572 dans au moins un matriau homogne du composant. Tous les lments du tableau accompagns d'un X sont conformes la norme RoHS de l'Union europenne. REMARQUE :
d'utilisation du produit, telles que la temprature et l'humidit. La dure d'utilisation cologique en anne, en rfrence, a t dtermine sur la base de conditions normales
/
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour la Chine (ROHS) 57 I/O PCA
(LCD) CD/DVD/
/Java
() port de chargement USB 3.0, identification USB 3D /
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE) X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS 58 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Inde
(RoHS) Ce produit est en conformit avec le rglement indien 2011 de gestion des dchets lectroniques et interdit l'usage de plomb, de mercure, de chrome hexavalent, de polybromobiphnyles (PBB) ou de polybromobiphnylthers (PBDE) dans des concentrations suprieures 0,1 % en poids et 0,01 % en poids pour le cadmium, l'exception des exemptions mentionnes dans l'annexe 2 du rglement. Informations sur le rglement 1275/2008 de la Commission europenne Pour localiser les donnes sur la consommation lectrique des produits, y compris lorsque le produit est en mode veille en rseau et que tous les ports rseau cbls et les appareils sans fil sont connects, reportez-
vous la section P14 Informations supplmentaires des dclarations IT ECO l'adresse http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html. Le cas chant, activez et dsactivez le rseau sans fil en suivant les instructions incluses dans le manuel de l'utilisateur du produit ou du systme d'exploitation. Des informations sont galement disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/support. Dclarations IT ECO Ordinateurs de bureau et clients lgers http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Stations de travail http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour le Japon
(RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mehiki zakon o uporabi trajnostne energije Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour l'Inde (RoHS) 59 modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). REMARQUE : Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). REMARQUE : Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Rglementation EEE de la Turquie Omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi (RoHS) za Ukrajino The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. 60 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Certification TCO Certified Edge Cette section s'applique uniquement aux produits portant le logo TCO Certified Edge. Certification TCO Certified Edge 61 Index A avis avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN de Thalande 9 batterie 10, 49, 50 batterie, remplacement par l'utilisateur 29 Brsil 3, 22, 30, 34 Canada 3, 22 clavier 30 cordon d'alimentation pour le Japon 17, 35 cordons d'alimentation 17, 30 Core du Sud 9, 28 environnement 39 Environnement 50 ergonomie 6, 25 Japon 7, 26 Macrovision Corporation 17 matriau compos de perchlorate 49, 52 Mexique 7, 27 mise au rebut des quipements 39, 50 modem 11, 18 niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs 30, 33 restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Inde 47, 59 restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine 48 restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour la Chine 45, 56 restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour le Japon 48, 59 scurit des lasers 11, 34 Singapour 8 Tawan 9, 28 Union europenne 4, 25 utilisation en vol 10 voyage 30 62 Index avis, ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 21 avis, ordinateurs portables FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 2 avis, restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour la Chine 45, 56 avis, restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour le Japon 48, 59 avis de certification GS 6, 25 avis de restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Inde 47, 59 avis de restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine 48 avis pour l'Union europenne 4, 25 avis pour la Core du Sud 9, 28 avis pour le Brsil 3, 22, 30, 34 avis pour le Canada 3 Avis pour le Canada 22 avis pour le Japon 7, 26 avis pour Macrovision Corporation 17 avis pour Tawan 9, 28 avis relatif au clavier 30 avis relatif aux appareils sans fil pour le Mexique 7, 27 avis sur l'altitude 30, 37 Avis sur l'environnement 50 Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine 41, 53 avis sur l'ergonomie 6, 25 avis sur la mise au rebut batterie 49, 50 batterie, remplacement par l'utilisateur 10 batterie scelle en usine 10 quipement 39, 50 avis sur la mise au rebut des quipements 39, 50 avis sur la scurit des lasers 11, 34 avis sur le niveau du volume, casque et couteurs 30, 33 avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs 30, 33 avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour 8 avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN de Thalande 9 avis sur les conditions d'utilisation 39 avis sur les cordons d'alimentation 17, 30 avis sur les cordons d'alimentation pour le Japon 17, 35 avis sur les dplacements 30 avis sur les modems 11, 18 Canada 15, 20 Japon 15 Nouvelle-Zlande 16, 20 Systme amricain 13, 14, 19 avis sur les modems pour le Canada 15, 20 avis sur les modems pour le Japon 15 avis sur les modems pour les tats-
Unis 13, 14, 19 avis sur les utilisations en vol 10 avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales 31, 38 B batterie remplacement par l'utilisateur 29 batterie, avis 10, 49, 50 C Certification ENERGY STAR 40, 51 certification TCO Certified Edge 61 D dclaration sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande 16, 20 E tiquette de consommation nergtique des ordinateurs pour la Chine 42, 53 tiquettes, conformit 1 P priphriques de rseau local sans fil 22 priphriques LAN sans fil 3, 23 prise en charge vocale 16, 21 F FCC (Federal Communications Commission) R recyclage de la batterie 39, 50 recyclage du matriel lectronique et avis sur les ordinateurs de bureau, de la batterie 39, 50 Rglement 1275/2008 de la Commission europenne 47, 59 T tuner TV, notice de mise la terre des cbles 31 clients lgers et stations de travail 21 avis sur les ordinateurs portables 2 cble des ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail 22 cbles pour ordinateurs portables 2 modifications apportes aux ordinateurs portables 2 modifications des ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail 22 L loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie 48 M matriel lectronique et de la batterie, recyclage 39, 50 modifications, ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers, stations de travail FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 22 N notice de mise la terre des cbles 31 O obvestila omejevanje uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 60 obvestilo o omejevanju uporabe nekaterih nevarnih snovi za Ukrajino 60 ordinateurs portables, modifications FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 2 Index 63
various | Users Manual | Users Manual | 1.96 MiB | January 06 2016 |
User Guide Product notice Software terms This guide describes features that are common to most products. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions or versions of Windows. Systems may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers, software or BIOS update to take full advantage of Windows functionality. See http://www.microsoft.com. To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to http://www.hp.com/
support, and select your country. Select Find your product, and then follow the on-screen instructions. By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Copyright 2016 HP Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by HP Inc. under license. Intel, Celeron, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: April 2016 Document Part Number: 843577-001 Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950-1). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select products only) IMPORTANT: Select products are configured with an Intel Pentium N35xx/N37xx series or a Celeron N28xx/N29xx/N30xx/N31xx series processor and a Windows operating system. If your computer is configured as described, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select products only) Table of contents 1 Starting right ................................................................................................................................................ 1 Visit the HP Apps Store .......................................................................................................................................... 1 Best practices ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 More HP resources ................................................................................................................................................. 2 2 Getting to know your computer ...................................................................................................................... 4 Locating hardware ................................................................................................................................................. 4 Locating software .................................................................................................................................................. 4 Right side ............................................................................................................................................................... 5 Left side ................................................................................................................................................................. 7 Display ................................................................................................................................................................. 11 Changing your notebook position (select products only) ................................................................. 13 Changing your notebook to an entertainment stand (select products only) ................................... 14 Changing your notebook to an interactive stand (select products only) ......................................... 15 Changing your notebook to a tablet (select products only) ............................................................. 15 Top ........................................................................................................................................................................ 16 TouchPad ........................................................................................................................................... 16 Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 17 Speakers ............................................................................................................................................ 18 Keys ................................................................................................................................................... 19 Using the action keys ........................................................................................................................ 20 Bottom ................................................................................................................................................................. 21 Labels ................................................................................................................................................................... 22 3 Connecting to a network .............................................................................................................................. 23 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................................... 23 Using the wireless controls ............................................................................................................... 23 Airplane mode key .......................................................................................................... 23 Operating system controls ............................................................................................. 23 Connecting to a WLAN ....................................................................................................................... 24 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) .......................................................................... 24 Using GPS (select products only) ...................................................................................................... 25 Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) ................................................................. 25 Connecting Bluetooth devices ........................................................................................ 25 Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) ............................................................................. 26 Sharing data and drives and accessing software ................................................................................................ 26 vii 4 Enjoying entertainment features .................................................................................................................. 27 Using a webcam (select products only) ............................................................................................................... 27 Using audio .......................................................................................................................................................... 27 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................................... 27 Connecting headsets ......................................................................................................................... 27 Using sound settings ......................................................................................................................... 28 Using video .......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Connecting devices using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) .............................................. 29 Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable ................................................................................ 30 Setting up HDMI audio .................................................................................................... 30 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) ...... 31 Discovering and connecting to Intel WiDi certified displays (select Intel products only) ................ 31 5 Navigating the screen .................................................................................................................................. 32 Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures ........................................................................................................ 32 Tap ..................................................................................................................................................... 32 Two-finger pinch zoom ..................................................................................................................... 33 Two-finger scroll (TouchPad only) .................................................................................................... 33 Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) ........................................................................................................ 33 Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) ....................................................................................................... 34 Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) ................................................................................................. 34 One-finger slide (touch screen only) ................................................................................................. 34 Using the keyboard and optional mouse ............................................................................................................. 35 Using the on-screen keyboard .......................................................................................................... 35 Using the integrated numeric keypad (select products only) ............................................................................. 35 6 Managing power .......................................................................................................................................... 36 Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation ....................................................................................................... 36 Manually initiating and exiting Sleep ................................................................................................ 37 Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) ................................................. 37 Setting password protection on wakeup (exiting Sleep or Hibernation) ......................................... 37 Using the power meter and power settings ........................................................................................................ 38 Running on battery power ................................................................................................................................... 38 Factory-sealed battery ...................................................................................................................... 38 Finding battery information .............................................................................................................. 39 Conserving battery power ................................................................................................................. 39 Identifying low battery levels ........................................................................................................... 39 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................................ 40 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ................................... 40 Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ................................. 40 viii Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation .................. 40 Running on AC power ........................................................................................................................................... 40 Troubleshooting power problems ..................................................................................................... 41 Shutting down (turning off) the computer .......................................................................................................... 41 7 Maintaining your computer .......................................................................................................................... 43 Improving performance ....................................................................................................................................... 43 Using Disk Defragmenter .................................................................................................................. 43 Using Disk Cleanup ............................................................................................................................ 43 Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) ................................................................................ 43 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status .............................................................................. 44 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................................... 44 Cleaning your computer ...................................................................................................................................... 44 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................................... 44 Cleaning the display ........................................................................................................ 45 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................................. 45 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) ............................. 45 Traveling with or shipping your computer .......................................................................................................... 45 8 Securing your computer and information ....................................................................................................... 47 Using passwords .................................................................................................................................................. 47 Setting Windows passwords ............................................................................................................. 47 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords ............................................................................................. 48 Using Windows Hello (select products only) ....................................................................................................... 48 Using Internet security software ......................................................................................................................... 48 Using antivirus software ................................................................................................................... 49 Using firewall software ..................................................................................................................... 49 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................................. 49 Using HP Touchpoint Manager (select products only) ........................................................................................ 50 Securing your wireless network .......................................................................................................................... 50 Backing up your software applications and information .................................................................................... 50 Using an optional security cable (select products only) ..................................................................................... 50 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................................. 51 Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) ................................................................................................................................ 51 Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) .............................................................................................................................. 51 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................................... 51 Downloading a BIOS update .............................................................................................................. 52 ix 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ..................................................................................................... 53 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device .................................................................... 53 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering .......................................................................................................... 55 Creating recovery media and backups ................................................................................................................ 55 Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) ......................................................................... 55 Using Windows tools ........................................................................................................................................... 56 Restore and recovery ........................................................................................................................................... 57 Recovering using HP Recovery Manager ........................................................................................... 57 What you need to know before you get started ............................................................. 57 Using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ................................................. 58 Using HP Recovery media to recover .............................................................................. 58 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................................ 59 Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) ......................................... 60 12 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 61 Input power .......................................................................................................................................................... 61 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................................... 61 13 Electrostatic Discharge .............................................................................................................................. 63 14 Accessibility .............................................................................................................................................. 64 Supported assistive technologies ....................................................................................................................... 64 Contacting support .............................................................................................................................................. 64 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 65 x 1 Starting right This computer is a powerful tool designed to enhance your work and entertainment. Read this chapter to learn about best practices after you set up your computer, fun things to do with your computer, and where to find additional HP resources. Visit the HP Apps Store The HP Apps Store offers a wide choice of popular games, entertainment and music apps, productivity apps, and apps exclusive to HP that you can download to the desktop. The selection is updated regularly and includes regional content and country-specific offers. Be sure to check the HP Apps Store frequently for new and updated features. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the HP Apps Store. To view and download an app:
1. Select the Start button, and then select the Store app. or Select the Store icon next to the taskbar search box. Select the app you want to download, and then follow the on-screen instructions. When the download is complete, the app appears on the All apps screen. 2. Best practices After you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps to get the most out of your smart investment:
Back up your hard drive by creating recovery media. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 55. If you havent already done so, connect to a wired or wireless network. See details in Connecting to a network on page 23. Become familiar with the computer hardware and software. For more information, see Getting to know your computer on page 4 and Enjoying entertainment features on page 27. Update or purchase antivirus software. See Using antivirus software on page 49. Visit the HP Apps Store 1 More HP resources To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Contents Overview of computer setup and features Online chat with an HP technician Support telephone numbers HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury Electrical and mechanical safety information Important regulatory notices, including information about proper battery disposal, if needed. Resource Setup Instructions HP support For HP support, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this document:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. or 2 Chapter 1 Starting right Resource Contents Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. Limited Warranty*
Specific warranty information about this computer To access this document:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. or Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP, and then select HP Documentation. or Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User Guides. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the latest version of the user guide.
*You can find your HP Limited Warranty located with the user guides on your product and/or on the CD or DVD provided in the box. In some countries or regions, HP may provide a printed warranty in the box. For countries or regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you can request a copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. For products purchased in Asia Pacific, you can write to HP at POD, PO Box 161, Kitchener Road Post Office, Singapore 912006. Include your product name, and your name, phone number, and postal address. More HP resources 3 2 Getting to know your computer Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:
Type device manager in the taskbar search box, and then select the Device Manager app. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. For information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn+esc
(select products only). Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:
Select the Start button, and then select All apps. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Programs and Features. 4 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Right side NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most closely matches your computer. Component Description
(1) Memory card reader Reads optional memory cards that enable you to store, manage, share, or access information. To insert a card:
1. 2. Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the computer. Insert the card into the memory card reader, and then press in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:
Press in on the card, and then remove it from the memory card reader. USB Type-C port Connects an optional USB device with a Type-C connector.
(2)
(3) USB 3.0 charging (powered) port
(4) HDMI port
(5) AC adapter and battery light Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner, or USB hub. Standard USB ports will not charge all USB devices or will charge using a low current. Some USB devices require power and require you to use a powered port. NOTE: USB charging ports can also charge select models of cell phones and MP3 players, even when the computer is off. Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-
definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) device. White: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is fully charged. Blinking white: The AC adapter is disconnected and the battery has reached a low battery level. Amber: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charging. Off: The battery is not charging.
(6) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. Right side 5 Component Description
(1) Memory card reader
(2)
(3) USB 3.0 ports (2) HDMI port
(4) AC adapter and battery light Reads optional memory cards that enable you to store, manage, share, or access information. To insert a card:
1. 2. Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the computer. Insert the card into the memory card reader, and then press in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:
Press in on the card, and then remove it from the memory card reader. Connect optional USB devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-
definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) device. White: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is fully charged. Blinking white: The AC adapter is disconnected and the battery has reached a low battery level. Amber: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charging. Off: The battery is not charging.
(5) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Left side NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most closely matches your computer. Component
(1) Power button
(2) Power light Description When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button results in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button down for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. Type power in the taskbar search box, and then select Power and sleep settings. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Power Options. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-
saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power.
(3)
(4) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. USB 3.0 port NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Left side 7 Component
(5) Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in (microphone) combo jack Description Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional standalone microphones. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled.
(6) Volume button Control speaker volume on the computer.
(7) Drive light 1. 2. To increase speaker volume, press the back edge of the button. To decrease speaker volume, press the front edge of the button. Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. For information about HP 3D DriveGuard, see NOTE:
Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) on page 43. NOTE: On select products, the drive light will always remain off. Component
(1) Power button Description When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button results in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button down for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. Type power in the taskbar search box, and then select Power and sleep settings. or Right-click the Start button, and then select Power Options. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-
saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power.
(2) Power light
(3)
(4)
(5) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. USB 2.0 port Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in (microphone) combo jack NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner, or USB hub. Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional standalone microphones. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled.
(6) Volume button Control speaker volume on the computer.
(7) Drive light 1. 2. To increase speaker volume, press the back edge of the button. To decrease speaker volume, press the front edge of the button. Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. Left side 9 Component Description For information about HP 3D DriveGuard, see NOTE:
Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) on page 43. NOTE: On select products, the drive light will always remain off. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Display NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most closely matches your computer. Component Description
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) WLAN antennas*
Internal microphones Webcam light Webcam Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). Record sound. On: The webcam is in use. Records video and captures photographs. Some products allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To use a webcam (integrated camera):
Type camera in the taskbar search box, and then select Camera.
*The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer, and the antenna location may vary.For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Display 11 Component Description
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5) WLAN antennas*
Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). Infrared camera lights (2) (select products only) On: The infrared camera is in use. Internal microphones Webcam light Webcam Record sound. On: The webcam is in use. Records video and captures photographs. Some products allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To use a webcam (integrated camera):
Type camera in the taskbar search box, and then select Camera.
(6) Infrared camera (select products only) Allows a facial recognition logon to Windows, instead of a password. For more information, see Using Windows Hello (select products only) on page 48.
*The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer, and the antenna location may vary.For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this guide:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Changing your notebook position (select products only) Your computer can function as a classic notebook, and in addition, the display can be rotated so that the computer transforms into an entertainment stand, an interactive stand, or a tablet. NOTE: The TouchPad and keyboard functions are locked during the entertainment and tablet modes. Display 13 Changing your notebook to an entertainment stand (select products only) To change your notebook to an entertainment stand, raise the display, and then rotate the display backward to a stand position (about 315 degrees). 14 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Changing your notebook to an interactive stand (select products only) To change your notebook to an interactive stand, raise the display, and then rotate the display backward to a stand position (about 315 degrees). Position the notebook on its edges. Changing your notebook to a tablet (select products only) To change your notebook to a tablet, raise the display, and then rotate the display backward until it is flush with the computer bottom (360 degrees). NOTE: When the computer is in tablet mode, you can use the on-screen keyboard. See Using the on-screen keyboard on page 35. Display 15 Top TouchPad Component
(1)
(2)
(3) TouchPad zone Description Reads your finger gestures to move the pointer or activate items on the screen. For more information, see Using TouchPad and touch NOTE:
screen gestures on page 32. Left TouchPad button Right TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. 16 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Lights NOTE: Your computer may look slightly different from the illustration below. Component Description
(1)
(2) Caps lock light Mute light On: Caps lock is on, which switches the key input to all capital letters. Amber: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. Top 17 Speakers NOTE: Your computer may look slightly different from the illustration below. Component Speakers Description Produce sound. 18 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Keys NOTE: Your computer may look slightly different from the illustration below. Component Description
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6) esc key fn key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Displays system information when pressed in combination with the esc key. Windows key Opens the Start menu. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will close the Start menu. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. num lock key (select products only) NOTE: On select products, the f5 action key turns the keyboard backlight feature off or on. Alternates between the navigational and numeric functions on the integrated numeric keypad. Integrated numeric keypad (select products only) When num lock is on, the keypad can be used like an external numeric keypad. Top 19 Using the action keys An action key performs an assigned function. The icon on each action key illustrates the function for that key. To use an action key, press and hold the key. Icon Description Decreases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Switches the screen image between display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing this key alternates the screen image from the computer display to the monitor display to a simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. On select products, turns the keyboard backlight off or on. NOTE: To conserve battery power, turn off this feature. Plays the previous track of an audio CD or the previous section of a DVD or a Blu-ray Disc (BD). Starts, pauses, or resumes playback of an audio CD, a DVD, or a BD. Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Decreases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Increases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Mutes or restores speaker sound. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: The airplane mode key is also referred to as the wireless button. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. 20 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Bottom NOTE: Refer to the illustration that most closely matches your computer. Component Vents (2) Description Enable airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Component Vents (3) Description Enable airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Bottom 21 Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. IMPORTANT: Check the following locations for the labels described in this section: the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, or on the back of the display. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. Component
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) Serial number Product number Warranty period Model number (select products only) Component
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) Model name (select products only) Product number Serial number Warranty period Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. 22 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:
WLAN deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband ModuleGives you wireless connectivity over a wireless wide area network
(WWAN), a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations (similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. For more information about wireless technology, the Internet, and networking, see the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using one or more of these features:
Airplane mode key (also called wireless button or wireless key) (referred to in this chapter as airplane mode key) Operating system controls Airplane mode key The computer may have an airplane mode key, one or more wireless devices, and one or two wireless lights. All the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. Operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. Connecting to a wireless network 23 To use operating system controls:
1. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, and then select Control Panel. Select Network and Internet, and then select Network and Sharing Center. 2. For more information, see the information provided in the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. Connecting to a WLAN NOTE: When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless router to the modem, and test the Internet service. To connect to a WLAN, follow these steps:
1. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. 2. Select the network status icon in the taskbar, and then connect to one of the available networks. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Enter the code, and then select Next to complete the connection. If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, right-click the network status icon in the NOTE:
NOTE:
taskbar, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Select Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. 3. After the connection is made, select the network status icon at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select products only) Your HP Mobile Broadband computer has built-in support for mobile broadband service. Your new computer, when used with a mobile operators network, gives you the freedom to connect to the Internet, send e-mail, or connect to your corporate network without the need for Wi-Fi hotspots. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service. The number may be printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer, inside the battery bay, under the service door, or on the back of the display. or You can find the number following these steps:
1. 2. 3. From the taskbar, select the network status icon. Select View Connection Settings. Under the Mobile broadband section, select the network status icon. 24 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network Some mobile network operators require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM) card. A SIM card contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM card that is preinstalled. If the SIM card is not preinstalled, it may be included with the HP Mobile Broadband documents provided with your computer, or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. Using GPS (select products only) Your computer may be equipped with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device. GPS satellites deliver location, speed, and direction information to GPS-equipped systems. To enable GPS, make sure location is enabled under the Windows privacy setting. 1. Type location in the taskbar search box, and then select Location privacy settings. Follow the on-screen instructions for using location settings. 2. For more information, see the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select products only) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:
Computers (desktop, notebook) Phones (cellular, cordless, smartphone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse External keyboard Bluetooth devices provide peer-to-peer capability that allows you to set up a PAN of Bluetooth devices. For information about configuring and using Bluetooth devices, see the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. Connecting Bluetooth devices Before you can use a Bluetooth device, you must establish a Bluetooth connection. 1. Type bluetooth in the taskbar search box, and then select Bluetooth settings. Turn on Bluetooth, if it is not already turned on. Select your device from the list, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. NOTE:
If the device requires verification, a pairing code is displayed. On the device you are adding, follow the on-screen instructions to verify that the code on your device matches the pairing code. For more information, refer to the documentation provided with the device. NOTE:
devices may have additional requirements; refer to the documentation provided with the device. If your device does not appear in the list, be sure that Bluetooth on that device is turned on. Some Connecting to a wireless network 25 Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select products only) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 (network) cable and a network jack or an optional docking device or expansion port, if there is no RJ-45 jack on the computer. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:
1. 2. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents interference from NOTE:
TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. Sharing data and drives and accessing software When your computer is part of a network, you are not limited to using only the information that is stored in your computer. Computers connected to the network can exchange software and data with each other. For more information about sharing files, folders, or drives, see the information provided in the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. NOTE: When a disc like a DVD movie or game is copy-protected, it cannot be shared. 26 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 4 Enjoying entertainment features Use your HP computer as an entertainment hub to socialize via the webcam, enjoy and manage your music, and download and watch movies. Or, to make your computer an even more powerful entertainment center, connect external devices like a monitor, projector, TV, speakers, or headphones. Using a webcam (select products only) Your computer has a webcam (integrated camera) that records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. NOTE: Some products also have an infrared camera that allows you to log in to your computer using facial recognition software. For details, see Using Windows Hello (select products only) on page 48. To access the camera, type camera in the taskbar search box, and then select Camera from the list of applications. Using audio On your computer, or on select products using an external optical drive, you can play music CDs, download and listen to music, stream audio content from the web (including radio), record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-out
(headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Setting up HDMI audio on page 30. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting headsets WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document:
Select the Start button, select All apps, select HP Help and Support, and then select HP Documentation. Headphones combined with a microphone are called headsets. You can connect wired headsets to the audio-
out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using a webcam (select products only) 27 Using sound settings Use sound settings to adjust system volume, change system sounds, or manage audio devices. To view or change sound settings:
Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. or Right-click the Start button, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. Your computer may include an enhanced sound system by Bang & Olufsen, DTS, Beats audio, or another provider. As a result, your computer may include advanced audio features that can be controlled through an audio control panel specific to your audio system. Use the audio control panel to view and control audio settings. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select the audio control panel specific to your system. or Right-click the Start button, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select the audio control panel specific to your system. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your video features, refer to HP Support Assistant. 28 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Connecting devices using a USB Type-C cable (select products only) NOTE: To connect a USB Type-C device to your computer, you need a USB Type-C cable, purchased separately. To see high-resolution display output on an external USB Type-C device, connect the USB Type-C device according to the following instructions:
1. Connect one end of the USB Type-C cable to the USB Type-C port on the computer. 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the external device. Press fn+f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states. PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press fn+f4 the display state changes. NOTE:
For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, and then select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust resolution. Using video 29 Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable NOTE: To connect an HDMI device to your computer, you need an HDMI cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on a high-definition TV or monitor, connect the high-definition device according to the following instructions:
1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the high-definition TV or monitor. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:
PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE:
For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, and then select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust resolution. Setting up HDMI audio HDMI is the only video interface that supports high-definition video and audio. After you connect an HDMI TV to the computer, you can then turn on HDMI audio by following these steps:
1. Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then select Playback devices. On the Playback tab, select the name of the digital output device. Click Set Default, and then click OK. 2. 3. 30 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features To return the audio stream to the computer speakers:
1. Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. Click Set Default, and then click OK. 2. 3. Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select products only) NOTE: To learn what type of display you have (Miracast-compatible or Intel WiDi), refer to the documentation that came with your TV or secondary display device. To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays without leaving your current apps, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:
Type project in the taskbar search box, and then click Project to a second screen. Click Connect to a wireless display, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Discovering and connecting to Intel WiDi certified displays (select Intel products only) Use Intel WiDi to wirelessly project individual files such as photos, music, or videos, or to duplicate your entire computer screen to a TV or a secondary display device. Intel WiDi, a premium Miracast solution, makes it easy and seamless to pair your secondary display device;
provides for full-screen duplication; and improves speed, quality, and scaling. To connect to Intel WiDi certified displays:
Type project in the taskbar search box, and then click Project to a second screen. Click Connect to a wireless display, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To open Intel WiDi:
Type Intel WiDi in the taskbar search box, and then click Intel WiDi. Using video 31 5 Navigating the screen You can navigate the computer screen in the following ways:
Use touch gestures directly on the computer screen (select products only) Use touch gestures on the TouchPad Use keyboard and optional mouse (mouse purchased separately) Use an on-screen keyboard (select products only) Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures The TouchPad helps you navigate the computer screen and control the pointer using simple touch gestures. You can also use the left and right TouchPad buttons as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. To navigate a touch screen (select products only), touch the screen directly using gestures described in this chapter. You can also customize gestures and view demonstrations of how they work. Type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. NOTE: Unless noted, gestures can be used on the TouchPad or a touch screen (select products only). Tap Use the tap/double-tap gesture to select or open an item on the screen. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone or touch screen to select the item. Double-tap an item to open it. 32 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Two-finger pinch zoom Use the two-finger pinch zoom to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone or touch screen and then moving your fingers apart. Two-finger scroll (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger scroll to move up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. Two-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the two-finger tap to open the menu for an object on the screen. NOTE: The two-finger tap performs the same function as right-clicking with the mouse. Tap two fingers on the TouchPad zone to open the options menu for the selected object. Using TouchPad and touch screen gestures 33 Four-finger tap (TouchPad only) Use the four-finger tap to open the action center. Tap four fingers on the Touchpad to open the action center and view current settings and notifications. Three-finger swipe (TouchPad only) Use the three-finger swipe to view open windows and to switch between open windows and the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers away from you to see all open windows. Swipe 3 fingers toward you to show the desktop. Swipe 3 fingers left or right to switch between open windows. One-finger slide (touch screen only) Use the one-finger slide to pan or scroll through lists and pages, or to move an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. To move an object, press and hold your finger on an object, and then drag your finger to move the object. 34 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Using the keyboard and optional mouse The keyboard and optional mouse allow you to type, select items, scroll and to perform the same functions as you do using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and key combinations to perform specific functions. NOTE: Depending on the country or region, your keyboard may have different keys and keyboard functions than those discussed in this section. Using the on-screen keyboard The computer has an on-screen keyboard that is displayed when you are in tablet mode. 1. To display the on-screen keyboard, tap the keyboard icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Begin typing. To access settings for the on-screen keyboard, type control panel in the taskbar search box, select Control Panel, select Devices and Printers, and then select Typing. 2. NOTE: Suggested words may be displayed above the on-screen keyboard. Tap a word to select it. Using the integrated numeric keypad (select products only) On select products, the computer includes an integrated numeric keypad, and it also supports an optional external numeric keypad or an optional external keyboard that includes a numeric keypad. For more details about the integrated numeric keypad, see Keys on page 19. Component num lock key Integrated numeric keypad Description Controls the function of the integrated numeric keypad. Press the key to alternate between the standard numeric function found on an external keypad (this function is turned on at the factory) and the navigational function (indicated by the directional arrows on the keys). NOTE: The keypad function that is active when the computer is turned off, is reinstated when the computer is turned back on. Function like an external numeric keypad. To alternate between this numeric function and the navigational function (indicated by the directional arrow keys), press the num lock key. Using the keyboard and optional mouse 35 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power only and an AC power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation CAUTION: Several well-known vulnerabilities exist when a computer is in the Sleep state. To prevent an unauthorized user from accessing data on your computer, even encrypted data, HP recommends that you always initiate Hibernation instead of Sleep anytime the computer will be out of your physical possession. This practice is particularly important when you travel with your computer. Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Sleep on page 37. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. You can also initiate Hibernation manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation
(select products only) on page 37. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate the Sleep state while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. 36 Chapter 6 Managing power Manually initiating and exiting Sleep You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:
Close the display. Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Sleep. You can exit Sleep in any of the following ways:
Briefly press the power button. If the computer is closed, raise the display. Press a key on the keyboard. Tap the TouchPad. When the computer exits Sleep, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:
before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Sleep, you must enter your Windows password Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select products only) You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. Type power options in the taskbar search box, and then select Power Options. or Right-click the Power meter icon
, and then select Power Options. 2. 3. In the left pane, select Choose what the power button does. Select Change Settings that are currently unavailable, and then, in the When I press the power button area, select Hibernate. or Under Shutdown settings, select the Hibernate box to show the Hibernate option in the Power menu. Select Save changes. 4. To exit Hibernation:
Briefly press the power button. When the computer exits Hibernation, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:
password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Hibernation, you must enter your Windows Setting password protection on wakeup (exiting Sleep or Hibernation) To set the computer to prompt for a password when the computer exits Sleep or Hibernation, follow these steps:
1. Type power options in the taskbar search box, and then select Power Options. or Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation 37 Right-click the Power meter icon
, and then select Power Options. 2. 3. 4. In the left pane, select Require a password on wakeup. Select Change Settings that are currently unavailable. Select Require a password (recommended). NOTE: To create a user account password or change your current user account password, select Create or change your user account password, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you do not need to create or change a user account password, go to step 5. 5. Select Save changes. Using the power meter and power settings The power meter is located on the Windows taskbar. The power meter allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the power meter icon
. To use Power Options, rightclick the power meter icon can also type power options in the task bar search box, and then select Power Options.
, and then select an item from the list. You Different power meter icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. Placing the mouse pointer over the icon reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. When the computer is off and unplugged from external power, the battery in the computer slowly discharges. The computer displays a message when the battery reaches a low or critical battery level. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. Factory-sealed battery To monitor the status of the battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run HP Battery Check in the HP Support Assistant app. 1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Diagnostics and tools tab, and then select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. 2. The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When 38 Chapter 6 Managing power a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Finding battery information To access battery information:
1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Diagnostics and tools tab, and then select HP Battery Check. If HP Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. 2. HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:
HP Battery Check Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity Conserving battery power To conserve battery power and maximize battery life:
Lower the brightness of the display. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the following behavior occurs:
The battery light (select products only) indicates a low or critical battery level. or The power meter icon shows a low or critical battery notification. NOTE:
settings on page 38. For additional information about the power meter, see Using the power meter and power The computer takes the following actions for a critical battery level:
If Hibernation is disabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. If Hibernation is enabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer initiates Hibernation. Running on battery power 39 Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following to the computer and to external power:
AC adapter Optional docking or expansion device Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation 1. 2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. Running on AC power For information about connecting to AC power, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. The computer does not use battery power when the computer is connected to AC power with an approved AC adapter or an optional docking/expansion device. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. Connect the computer to AC power under any of the following conditions:
WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are aboard aircraft. When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or modifying system software When writing information to a disc (select products only) When running Disk Defragmenter on computers with internal hard drives When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to AC power:
The battery begins to charge. The screen brightness increases. The power meter icon changes appearance. When you disconnect AC power:
40 Chapter 6 Managing power The computer switches to battery power. The screen brightness automatically decreases to save battery life. The power meter icon changes appearance. Troubleshooting power problems Test the AC adapter if the computer exhibits any of the following symptoms when it is connected to AC power:
The computer does not turn on. The display does not turn on. The power lights do not turn on. To test the AC adapter:
1. 2. 3. Shut down the computer. Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to the power cord, and then plug the power cord into an AC outlet. Turn on the computer. If the power lights turn on, the AC adapter is working properly. If the power lights remain off, check the connection from the AC adapter to the computer and the connection from the power cord to the AC outlet to be sure that the connections are secure. If the connections are secure and the power lights remain off, the AC adapter is not functioning and should be replaced. Contact support for information about obtaining a replacement AC power adapter. Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and computer. Shut down the computer under any of the following conditions:
When you need to access components inside the computer When you are connecting an external hardware device that does not connect to a USB or video port When the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period Although you can turn off the computer with the power button, the recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command. NOTE:
pressing the power button. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, first exit Sleep or Hibernation by briefly 1. 2. Save your work and close all open programs. Select the Start button, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Shutting down (turning off) the computer 41 If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:
Press ctrl+alt+delete, select the Power icon, and then select Shut down. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. Disconnect the computer from external power. 42 Chapter 6 Managing power 7 Maintaining your computer It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter explains how to use tools like Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides instructions for updating programs and drivers, steps to clean the computer, and tips for traveling with (or shipping) the computer. Improving performance You can improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. Using Disk Defragmenter HP recommends using Disk Defragmenter to defragment your hard drive at least once a month. NOTE:
It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. To run Disk Defragmenter:
1. 2. Connect the computer to AC power. Type defragment in the taskbar search box, and then select Defragment and optimize your drives. Follow the on-screen instructions. 3. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Use Disk Cleanup to search the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:
1. Type disk in the taskbar search box, and then select Free up disk space by deleting unnecessary files or Uninstall apps to free up disk space. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select products only) HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:
You drop the computer. You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Only internal hard drives are protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking device or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. Improving performance 43 NOTE: Because solid-state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, HP 3D DriveGuard is unnecessary for these drives. For more information, see the HP 3D DriveGuard software Help. Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that the drive in a primary hard drive bay and/or the drive in a secondary hard drive bay (select products only) is parked. To determine whether a drive is currently protected or whether it is parked, view the icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic notifications when updates become available. If you would like to update your programs and drivers, follow these instructions:
1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.
- or -
Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, select the Updates tab, and then select Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:
Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands) Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Solution of water and mild soap Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. 44 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is on. 1. 2. 3. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. Disconnect all powered external devices. Cleaning the display Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that a display is dry before you close the computer. Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously, or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select products only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, follow these tips to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:
Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. Traveling with or shipping your computer 45 If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. The use of wireless devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a wireless device in your computer, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:
Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 46 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer 8 Securing your computer and information Computer security is essential for protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your information. Standard security solutions provided by the Windows operating system, HP applications, the Setup Utility
(BIOS), and other third-party software can help protect your computer from a variety of risks, such as viruses, worms, and other types of malicious code. IMPORTANT: Some security features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information and to protect online transactions. Several types of passwords can be set. For example, when you set up your computer for the first time, you were asked to create a user password to secure your computer. Additional passwords can be set in Windows or in HP Setup Utility (BIOS), which is preinstalled on your computer. You may find it helpful to use the same password for a Setup Utility (BIOS) feature and for a Windows security feature. To create and save passwords, use the following tips:
To reduce the risk of being locked out of the computer, record each password and store it in a secure place away from the computer. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Change your passwords at least every 3 months. An ideal password is long and has letters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers. Before you send your computer for service, back up your files, delete confidential files, and then remove all password settings. For additional information about Windows passwords, such as screen-saver passwords:
Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Setting Windows passwords Password User password Administrator password Function Protects access to a Windows user account. Protects administrator-level access to computer contents. NOTE: This password cannot be used to access Setup Utility
(BIOS) contents. Using passwords 47 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords Password Administrator password Power-on password Function Must be entered each time you access Setup Utility (BIOS). If you forget your administrator password, you cannot access Setup Utility (BIOS). Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. To set, change, or delete an administrator or power-on password in Setup Utility (BIOS):
CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE: To start Setup Utility, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached to your notebook. The on-screen keyboard, which displays in tablet mode, cannot access Setup Utility. 1. Start Setup Utility (BIOS):
Computers or tablets with keyboards:
Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. Tablets without keyboards:
1. Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button.
- or -
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the Windows button. Tap f10. 2. Select Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using Windows Hello (select products only) On products equipped with a fingerprint reader or an infrared camera, you can use Windows Hello to sign in by swiping your finger or looking at the camera. To set up Windows Hello, follow these steps:
1. 2. Select the Start button, select Settings, select Accounts, and then select Sign-in options. Under Windows Hello, follow the on-screen instructions to add both a password and a 4-digit PIN, and then enroll your fingerprint or facial ID. Using Internet security software When you use your computer to access email, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose your computer to computer viruses, spyware, and other online threats. To help protect your computer, Internet 48 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information security software that includes antivirus and firewall features may be preinstalled on your computer as a trial offer. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses and other security risks, security software must be kept up to date. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade the security software trial offer or purchase the software of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. Using antivirus software Computer viruses can disable programs, utilities, or the operating system, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. An antivirus program may be preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you use the antivirus program of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be software you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a combination of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:
Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Installing software updates HP, Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding Windows updates, which may include security updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can install these updates automatically. To view or change the settings:
1. 2. 3. Select the Start button, select Settings, and then select Update & Security. Select Windows Update, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To schedule a time for installing updates, select Advanced Options, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Installing software updates 49 Using HP Touchpoint Manager (select products only) HP Touchpoint Manager is a cloud-based IT solution that enables businesses to effectively manage and secure their company assets. HP Touchpoint Manager helps protect devices against malware and other attacks, monitors device health, and enables you to reduce time spent solving end-user device and security issues. You can quickly download and install the software, which is highly cost effective relative to traditional in-house solutions. Securing your wireless network When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. Backing up your software applications and information Regularly back up your software applications and information to protect them from being permanently lost or damaged through a virus attack or a software or hardware failure. Using an optional security cable (select products only) A security cable (purchased separately) is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. To connect a security cable to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. 50 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Setup Utility, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility (BIOS) includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: To start Setup Utility on convertible computers, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached to your notebook. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. Updating Setup Utility (BIOS) Updated versions of Setup Utility (BIOS) may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To decide whether you need to update Setup Utility (BIOS), first determine the BIOS version on your computer. To reveal the BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS), use one of these options. HP Support Assistant 1. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Select My PC, and then select Specifications. 2. Setup Utility (BIOS) 1. 2. 3. Start Setup Utility (BIOS) (see Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) on page 51). Select Main, select System Information, and then make note of the BIOS version. Select Exit, select No, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To check for later BIOS versions, see Downloading a BIOS update on page 52. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) 51 Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:
Do not disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. NOTE:
software updates, especially system BIOS updates. If your computer is connected to a network, consult the network administrator before installing any 1. 2. 3. 4. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. Click Updates, and then click Check for updates and messages. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:
a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. If the update is more recent than your BIOS version, make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. Make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. b. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions appear, follow these steps:
1. Type file in the taskbar search box, and then select File Explorer. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder that contains the update. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. 4. 5. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. 52 Chapter 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. When HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) detects a failure that requires hardware replacement, a 24-digit Failure ID code is generated. This ID code can then be provided to support to help determine how to correct the problem. NOTE: To start diagnostics on a convertible computer, your computer must be in notebook mode and you must use the keyboard attached. To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI), follow these steps:
1. 2. Turn on or restart the computer, and quickly press esc. Press f2. The BIOS searches three places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:
a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 53. b. c. Hard drive BIOS 3. When the diagnostic tool opens, select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:
If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device NOTE: The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) download instructions are provided in English only, and you must use a Windows computer to download and create the HP UEFI support environment because only .exe files are offered. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. The HP PC Diagnostics home page is displayed. In the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics section, select the Download link, and then select Run. There are two options to download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics to a USB device. Download the latest UEFI version 1. 2. Download any version of UEFI for a specific product 1. 2. Go to http://www.hp.com/support. Select Get software and drivers. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device 53 3. 4. 5. Enter the product name or number. or Select Identify now to let HP automatically detect your product. Select your computer, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, follow the on-screen instructions to select and download the UEFI version you want. 54 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering This chapter provides information about the following processes. The information in the chapter is standard procedure for most products. Creating recovery media and backups Restoring and recovering your system For additional information, refer to the HP support assistant app. Type support in the taskbar search box, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Click the question mark icon in the taskbar. If you will be performing recovery procedures on a tablet, the tablet battery must be at least IMPORTANT:
70% charged before you start the recovery process. IMPORTANT:
beginning any recovery process. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the keyboard to the keyboard dock before Creating recovery media and backups The following methods of creating recovery media and backups are available on select products only. Choose the available method according to your computer model. Use HP Recovery Manager to create HP Recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. This step creates a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. The backup can be used to reinstall the original operating system in cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced. For information on creating recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 55. For information on the recovery options that are available using the recovery media, see Using Windows tools on page 56. Use Windows tools to create system restore points and create backups of personal information. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 57. NOTE:
If storage is 32 GB or less, Microsoft System Restore is disabled by default. Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) If possible, check for the presence of the Recovery partition and the Windows partition. From the Start menu, select File Explorer, and then select This PC. If your computer does not list the Windows partition and the Recovery partition, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information on the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. Creating recovery media and backups 55 You can use Windows tools to create system restore points and create backups of personal information, see Using Windows tools on page 56. If your computer does list the Recovery partition and the Windows partition, you can use HP Recovery Manager to create recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. HP Recovery media can be used to perform system recovery if the hard drive becomes corrupted. System recovery reinstalls the original operating system and software programs that were installed at the factory and then configures the settings for the programs. HP Recovery media can also be used to customize the system or restore the factory image if you replace the hard drive. Only one set of recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required storage capacity for the media that will be required. To create recovery discs, your computer must have an optical drive with DVD writer capability, and you must use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs; they are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. Or, instead, you can use a high-
quality blank USB flash drive. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, but you would like to create DVD recovery media, you can use an external optical drive (purchased separately) to create recovery discs. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer; the drive cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. If you cannot create DVD media yourself, you can obtain recovery discs for your computer from HP. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information on the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/
support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take an hour or more. Do not interrupt the creation process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery DVDs. HP Recovery Manager will finish burning the current DVD. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue. To create HP Recovery media:
IMPORTANT:
beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the keyboard to the keyboard dock before 1. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Create recovery media, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. If you ever need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 57. Using Windows tools You can create recovery media, system restore points, and backups of personal information using Windows tools. NOTE:
If storage is 32 GB or less, Microsoft System Restore is disabled by default. For more information and steps, see the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. 56 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering Restore and recovery There are several options for recovering your system. Choose the method that best matches your situation and level of expertise:
IMPORTANT: Not all methods are available on all products. Windows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state. For more information see the Get started app. Select the Start button, and then select the Get started app. If you need to correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver, use the Reinstall drivers and/or applications option (select products only) of HP Recovery Manager to reinstall the individual application or driver. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, select HP Recovery Manager, select Reinstall drivers and/or applications, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you want to recover the Windows partition to original factory content, you can choose the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition (select products only) or use the HP Recovery media. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 57. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 55. On select products, if you want to recover the computer's original factory partition and content, or if you have replaced the hard drive, you can use the Factory Reset option of HP Recovery media. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 57. On select products, if you want to remove the recovery partition to reclaim hard drive space, HP Recovery Manager offers the Remove Recovery Partition option. For more information, see Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) on page 60. Recovering using HP Recovery Manager HP Recovery Manager software allows you to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you either created or that you obtained from HP, or by using the HP Recovery partition (select products only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 55. What you need to know before you get started HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with this computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. IMPORTANT: Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. HP Recovery media must be used if the computer hard drive fails. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 55. To use the Factory Reset option (select products only), you must use HP Recovery media. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 55. If your computer does not allow the creation of HP Recovery media or if the HP Recovery media does not work, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information from the HP Restore and recovery 57 website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data you want to retain. Using HP Recovery media, you can choose from one of the following recovery options:
NOTE: Only the options available for your computer display when you start the recovery process. System RecoveryReinstalls the original operating system, and then configures the settings for the programs that were installed at the factory. Factory ResetRestores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and re-creating the partitions. Then it reinstalls the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. The HP Recovery partition (select products only) allows System Recovery only. Using the HP Recovery partition (select products only) The HP Recovery partition allows you to perform a system recovery without the need for recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can be used only if the hard drive is still working. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:
IMPORTANT:
beginning these steps (select products only). For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the keyboard to the keyboard dock before 1. 2. 3. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, select Recovery Manager, and then select HP Recovery Environment.
- or-
For computers or tablets with keyboards attached, press f11 while the computer boots, or press and hold f11 as you press the power button. For tablets without keyboards:
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button; then select f11.
- or -
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the Windows button; then select f11. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP Recovery media to recover You can use HP Recovery media to recover the original system. This method can be used if your system does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Insert the HP Recovery media, and then restart the computer. NOTE:
boot order. See Changing the computer boot order on page 59. If the computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the computer 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. 58 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering Changing the computer boot order If your computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order, which is the order of devices listed in BIOS where the computer looks for startup information. You can change the selection to an optical drive or a USB flash drive. To change the boot order:
IMPORTANT:
beginning these steps. For a tablet with a detachable keyboard, connect the keyboard to the keyboard dock before 1. 2. Insert the HP Recovery media. Access BIOS:
For computers or tablets with keyboards attached:
Turn on or restart the computer or tablet, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. For tablets without keyboards:
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the volume down button; then select f9.
- or -
Turn on or restart the tablet, and then quickly hold down the Windows button; then select f9. 3. 4. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive from which you want to boot. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restore and recovery 59 Removing the HP Recovery partition (select products only) HP Recovery Manager software allows you to remove the HP Recovery partition to free up hard drive space. IMPORTANT: After you remove the HP Recovery partition, you will not be able to perform System Recovery or create HP recovery media from the HP Recovery partition. So before you remove the Recovery partition, create HP Recovery media; see Creating HP Recovery media (select products only) on page 55. NOTE: The Remove Recovery Partition option is only available on products that support this function. Follow these steps to remove the HP Recovery partition:
1. Type recovery in the taskbar search box, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Remove Recovery Partition, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 60 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering 12 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source that is supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Operating voltage and current varies by platform. The voltage and current for your computer is located on the regulatory label. Input power Rating Operating voltage and current 5 V dc @ 2 A / 12 V dc @ 3 A /15 V dc @ 3 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 3.75 A / 12 V dc @ 3.75 A / 15 V dc @ 3 A / 20 V dc @ 2.25 A 45 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3A / 10 V dc @ 5.0 A / 12 V dc @ 5.0 A / 15 V dc @ 4.33 A / 20 V dc @ 3.25 A 65 W USB-C 5 V dc @ 3 A / 9 V dc @ 3 A / 10 V dc @ 5.0 A / 12 V dc @ 5.0 A / 15 V dc @ 5.0 A / 20 V dc @ 4.5 A 90 W USB-C 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W 19.5 V dc @ 4.62 A 90 W 19.5 V dc @ 6.15 A 120 W 19.5 V dc @ 7.70 A 150 W 19.5 V dc @ 10.3A 200 W DC plug of external HP power supply (select products only) NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating Metric U.S. 5C to 35C 41F to 95F Input power 61 Nonoperating
-20C to 60C
-4F to 140F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90%
5% to 95%
-15 m to 3,048 m
-15 m to 12,192 m 10% to 90%
5% to 95%
-50 ft to 10,000 ft
-50 ft to 40,000 ft 62 Chapter 12 Specifications 13 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:
If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 63 14 Accessibility HP designs, produces, and markets products and services that can be used by everyone, including people with disabilities, either on a stand-alone basis or with appropriate assistive devices. Supported assistive technologies HP products support a wide variety of operating system assistive technologies and can be configured to work with additional assistive technologies. Use the Search feature on your device to locate more information about assistive features. NOTE:
for that product. For additional information about a particular assistive technology product, contact customer support Contacting support We are constantly refining the accessibility of our products and services and welcome feedback from users. If you have an issue with a product or would like to tell us about accessibility features that have helped you, please contact us at +1 (888) 259-5707, Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. North American Mountain Time. If you are deaf or hard-of-hearing and use TRS/VRS/WebCapTel, contact us if you require technical support or have accessibility questions by calling +1 (877) 656-7058, Monday through Friday, 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. North American Mountain Time. NOTE: Support is in English only. 64 Chapter 14 Accessibility Index A AC adapter and battery 5, 6 AC adapter, testing 41 accessibility 64 action keys 20 identifying 19 airplane mode 23 airplane mode key 20, 23 antivirus software, using 49 audio 28 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in
(microphone) jack, identifying 8, 9 B backing up software and information 50 backups 55 battery conserving power 39 discharging 39 factory-sealed 38 finding information 39 low battery levels 39 resolving low battery level 40 battery information, finding 39 battery power 38 best practices 1 BIOS determining version 51 downloading an update 52 starting the Setup Utility 51 updating 51 Bluetooth device 23, 25 Bluetooth label 22 boot order changing 59 bottom 22 buttons left TouchPad 16 power 7, 8 right TouchPad 16 volume 8, 9 C caps lock light, identifying 17 caring for your computer 44 cleaning your computer 44 components bottom 21 display 11 left side 7 right side 5 top 16 connecting to a WLAN 24 connector, power 5, 6 corporate WLAN connection 24 critical battery level 39 D Disk Cleanup software 43 Disk Defragmenter software 43 drive light 8, 9 E electrostatic discharge 63 esc key, identifying 19 external AC power, using 40 F fingerprints, registering 48 firewall software 49 fn key, identifying 19 four-finger tap TouchPad gesture 34 G GPS 25 H HDMI port connecting 30 identifying 5, 6 HDMI, configuring audio 30 headsets, connecting 27 Hibernation exiting 37 initiated during critical battery level 39 initiating 37 high-definition devices, connecting 30, 31 HP 3D DriveGuard 43 HP Apps Store, visiting 1 HP Mobile Broadband activating 24 IMEI number 24 MEID number 24 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) using 53 HP Recovery Manager correcting boot problems 59 starting 58 HP Recovery media creating 55 recovery 58 HP Recovery partition recovery 58 removing 60 HP resources 2 HP Touchpoint Manager 50 I IMEI number 24 infrared camera, identifying 12 infrared webcam lights, identifying 12 initiating Sleep and Hibernation 36 input power 61 installing optional security cable 50 integrated numeric keypad, identifying 19, 35 internal microphones, identifying 11, 12 Internet security software, using 48 J jacks audio-out (headphone)/audio-in
(microphone) 8, 9 K keyboard and optional mouse using 35 Index 65 keys action 19 airplane mode 20 esc 19 fn 19 Windows 19 L labels Bluetooth 22 regulatory 22 serial number 22 service 22 wireless certification 22 WLAN 22 lights AC adapter and battery light 5, 6 caps lock 17 drive 8, 9 mute 17 power 7, 9 locating information hardware 4 software 4 low battery level 39 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 43 Disk Defragmenter 43 HP 3D DriveGuard 43 updating programs and drivers 44 managing power 36 MEID number 24 memory card reader, identifying 5, 6 memory card, identifying 5, 6 minimized image recovery 58 minimized image, creating 57 Miracast 31 mobile broadband activating 24 IMEI number 24 MEID number 24 mute light, identifying 17 N num lock key, identifying 35 O one-finger slide touch screen gesture 34 operating environment 61 original system recovery 57 P passwords Setup Utility (BIOS) 48 Windows 47 ports HDMI 5, 6, 30 Miracast 31 USB 2.0 9 USB 3.0 6, 7 USB 3.0 charging 5 USB Type-C 5, 29 power AC 40 battery 38 power button, identifying 7, 8 power connector, identifying 5, 6 power lights, identifying 7, 9 power meter, using 38 power settings, using 38 product name and number, computer 22 public WLAN connection 24 R recover options 57 recovery discs 56, 58 HP Recovery Manager 57 media 58 starting 58 supported discs 56 system 57 USB flash drive 58 using HP Recovery media 56 recovery media creating 55 creating using HP Recovery Manager 56 recovery partition removing 60 regulatory information regulatory label 22 wireless certification labels 22 S security cable slot, identifying 7, 9 security cable, installing 50 serial number 22 serial number, computer 22 service labels, locating 22 setting password protection on wakeup 37 Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords 48 shipping the computer 45 shutdown 41 Sleep exiting 37 initiating 37 Sleep and Hibernation initiating 36 slots memory card reader 5, 6 security cable 7, 9 software Disk Cleanup 43 Disk Defragmenter 43 HP 3D DriveGuard 43 software updates, installing 49 sound settings, using 28 speakers connecting 27 identifying 18 supported discs, recovery 56 system recovery 57 system restore point creating 56 system restore point, creating 55 T tap TouchPad and touch screen gesture 32 testing an AC adapter 41 three-finger swipe TouchPad gesture 34 touch screen gestures one-finger slide 34 TouchPad buttons 16 using 32 TouchPad and touch screen gestures tap 32 two-finger pinch zoom 33 TouchPad gestures four-finger tap 34 66 Index wireless controls button 23 operating system 23 wireless light 23 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 24 corporate WLAN connection 24 functional range 24 public WLAN connection 24 wireless network, securing 50 WLAN antennas, identifying 11, 12 WLAN device 22 WLAN label 22 WWAN device 24 three-finger swipe 34 two-finger scroll 33 two-finger tap 33 TouchPad zone, identifying 16 traveling with the computer 22, 45 turning off the computer 41 two-finger pinch zoom TouchPad and touch screen gesture 33 two-finger scroll TouchPad gesture 33 two-finger tap TouchPad gesture 33 U unresponsive system 41 updating programs and drivers 44 USB 2.0 port, identifying 9 USB 3.0 charging port, identifying 5 USB 3.0 port, identifying 6, 7 USB Type-C port, connecting 29 USB Type-C port, identifying 5 using external AC power 40 using passwords 47 using power meter settings 38 using power settings 38 using sound settings 28 using the integrated numeric keypad 35 using the keyboard and optional mouse 35 using the TouchPad 32 V vents, identifying 21 video 28 volume buttons, identifying 8, 9 W webcam identifying 11, 12 using 27 webcam light, identifying 11, 12 Windows system restore point 55, 56 Windows Hello using 48 Windows key, identifying 19 Windows passwords 47 Windows tools using 56 wireless button 23 wireless certification label 22 Index 67
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2018-02-02 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
2 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
3 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
4 | 2018-01-31 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |
5 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
6 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
7 | 2017-04-03 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
8 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
9 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
10 | 2017-03-30 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
11 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
12 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
13 | 2017-03-27 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
14 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
15 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
16 | 2016-06-02 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
17 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
18 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
19 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
20 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
21 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
22 | 2016-05-31 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
23 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
24 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
25 | 2016-03-11 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | Original Equipment | |
26 | 5775 ~ 5775 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
27 | 5720 ~ 5720 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
28 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
various | Effective |
2018-02-02
|
||||
various |
2018-01-31
|
|||||
various |
2017-04-03
|
|||||
various |
2017-03-30
|
|||||
various |
2017-03-27
|
|||||
various |
2016-06-02
|
|||||
various |
2016-05-31
|
|||||
various |
2016-03-11
|
|||||
various | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Intel Corporation
|
||||
various | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0008035131
|
||||
various | Physical Address |
100 Center Point Circle
|
||||
various |
Columbia, South Carolina 29210
|
|||||
various |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
various | TCB Application Email Address |
h******@ACBcert.com
|
||||
various |
h******@acbcert.com
|
|||||
various |
H******@acbcert.com
|
|||||
various | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
various |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
various | Grantee Code |
PD9
|
||||
various | Equipment Product Code |
3168NG
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
various | Name |
S**** C**** H****
|
||||
various | Title |
Product Regulations Engineer
|
||||
various | Telephone Number |
803-3********
|
||||
various | Fax Number |
803-2********
|
||||
various |
s******@intel.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
various | Firm Name |
RF Exposure Lab
|
||||
various |
Intel Mobile Communications
|
|||||
various | Name |
J****** M******
|
||||
various |
S******** H********
|
|||||
various | Physical Address |
802 N. Twin Oaks Valley Road, Suite 105
|
||||
various |
802 North Twin Oaks Valley Rd.
|
|||||
various |
100 Center Point Circle
|
|||||
various |
802 N. Twin Oaks Valley Rd. Suite 105
|
|||||
various |
100 Center Point Circle Suite 200
|
|||||
various |
San Marcos, California 92069
|
|||||
various |
Columbia, South Carolina 29210
|
|||||
various |
San Marcos, 92069
|
|||||
various |
Columbia, 29210
|
|||||
various |
United States
|
|||||
various |
United Kingdom
|
|||||
various | Telephone Number |
760-4********
|
||||
various |
76047********
|
|||||
various |
80321********
|
|||||
various | Fax Number |
760-4********
|
||||
various |
76047********
|
|||||
various |
80321********
|
|||||
various |
i******@rfexposurelab.com
|
|||||
various |
s******@Intel.com
|
|||||
various |
S******@Intel.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
various | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
various | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
various | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 08/01/2018 | ||||
various | 07/30/2018 | |||||
various | 09/30/2017 | |||||
various | 09/26/2017 | |||||
various | 09/23/2017 | |||||
various | 11/28/2016 | |||||
various | 11/29/2016 | |||||
various | 11/27/2016 | |||||
various | 09/07/2016 | |||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
various | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
various | Equipment Class | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||||
various | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
various | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
various | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
various | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 | ||||
various | Intel Dual-Band Wireless-AC 3168 | |||||
various | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
various | Modular Equipment Type | Single Modular Approval | ||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval | |||||
various | Purpose / Application is for | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment | ||||
various | Original Equipment | |||||
various | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
various | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
various | Grant Comments | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.53W/kg and 1.12W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number- TPN-W131, with antenna Inpaq part no 025.901AQ.0001 Tx1 and part no 025.901AR.0001 Tx2. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | ||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.07W/kg and 1.12W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number- TPN-W131, with antenna Inpaq part no 025.901AQ.0001 Tx1 and part no 025.901AR.0001 Tx2. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 1.05W/kg and 1.12W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number- TPN-W131, with antenna Inpaq part no 025.901AQ.0001 Tx1 and part no 025.901AR.0001 Tx2. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.27W/kg and 0.99W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number- TPN-W132, with antenna WNC part no 025.901AH.0001 Tx1 and part no 025.901AI.0001 Tx2. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.96W/kg and 0.99W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number- TPN-W132, with antenna WNC part no 025.901AH.0001 Tx1 and part no 025.901AI.0001 Tx2. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.03W/kg and 0.99W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number- TPN-W132, with antenna WNC part no 025.901AH.0001 Tx1 and part no 025.901AI.0001 Tx2. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 1.17W/kg and 1.29W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model TPN-W126, Antennas WNC part no 81EAA415.G73 (Tx1) and part no 81EAA415.G74 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.41W/kg and 1.29W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model TPN-W126, Antennas WNC part no 81EAA415.G73 (Tx1) and part no 81EAA415.G74 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.12W/kg and 1.29W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model TPN-W126, Antennas WNC part no 81EAA415.G73 (Tx1) and part no 81EAA415.G74 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.06W/kg and 1.26W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model TPN-W125, Antennas Inpaq Main (Tx1) WA-P-LB-02-410 and Aux (Tx2): WA-P-LB-02-411. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.30W/kg and 1.26W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model TPN-W125, Antennas Inpaq Main (Tx1) WA-P-LB-02-410 and Aux (Tx2): WA-P-LB-02-411. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 1.20W/kg and 1.26W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model TPN-W125, Antennas Inpaq Main (Tx1) WA-P-LB-02-410 and Aux (Tx2): WA-P-LB-02-411. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.91W/kg and 0.94W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W124, with antenna WNC Main (Tx1): 81EEA415.G67 and Aux (Tx2): 81EEA415.G68. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.03W/kg and 0.94W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W124, with antenna WNC Main (Tx1): 81EEA415.G67 and Aux (Tx2): 81EEA415.G68. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.55W/kg and 0.94W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number TPN-W124, with antenna WNC Main (Tx1) 81EEA415.G67 and Aux (Tx2) 81EEA415.G68. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.97W/kg and 1.03W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W117, with antenna Inpaq part no WA-P-LB-02-329 (Tx1) and part no WA-P-LB-02-330 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 1.33W/kg and 1.39W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W114, with antenna Acon part no ANP6Y-100089 (Tx1) and part no ANP6Y-100090 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.06W/kg and 1.39W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W114, with antenna Acon part no ANP6Y-100089 (Tx1) and part no ANP6Y-100090 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.35W/kg and 1.03W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W117, with antenna Inpaq part no WA-P-LB-02-329 (Tx1) and part no WA-P-LB-02-330 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.38W/kg and 1.39W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W114, with antenna Acon part no ANP6Y-100089 (Tx1) and part no ANP6Y-100090 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.06W/kg and 1.03W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W117, with antenna Inpaq part no WA-P-LB-02-329 (Tx1) and part no WA-P-LB-02-330 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 1.08W/kg and 1.14W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W118, with antenna Inpaq part no WA-P-LB-02-325 (Tx1) and part no WA-P-LB-02-324 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.06W/kg and 1.14W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W118, with antenna Inpaq part no WA-P-LB-02-325 (Tx1) and part no WA-P-LB-02-324 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.35W/kg and 1.14W/kg respectively. This change is to request approval for portable category specific host tablet PC, HP model number: TPN-W118, with antenna Inpaq part no WA-P-LB-02-325 (Tx1) and part no WA-P-LB-02-324 (Tx2). Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. SAR testing was performed to demonstrate RF compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) for this device must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.71W/kg and 0.85W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) for this device must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.77W/kg and 0.85W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing, the antenna(s) for this transmitter must in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.08W/kg and 0.85W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
various | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
various | Firm Name |
Intel Corporation S.A.S.
|
||||
various |
Intel Mobile Commmunications France S.A.S.
|
|||||
various | Name |
N****** A******
|
||||
various |
N****** A******
|
|||||
various | Telephone Number |
00334********
|
||||
various |
00334********
|
|||||
various | Fax Number |
00334********
|
||||
various |
n******@intel.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.001 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 12 | 15E | 49 CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 13 | 15E | 49 CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 14 | 15E | 49 CC | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.52 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 12 | 15E | 49 CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 13 | 15E | 49 CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 14 | 15E | 49 CC | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 12 | 15E | 49 CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 13 | 15E | 49 CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 14 | 15E | 49 CC | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 12 | 15E | 49 CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 13 | 15E | 49 CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 14 | 15E | 49 CC | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 12 | 15E | 49 CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 13 | 15E | 49 CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 14 | 15E | 49 CC | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
23 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
25 | 1 | 15B | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2472 | 0.057 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2462 | 0.028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 4 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.062 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 5 | 15C | CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26 | 6 | 15C | CC | 5775 | 5775 | 0.061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC | 5190 | 5230 | 0.047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC | 5210 | 5210 | 0.015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.054 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.051 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
27 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
28 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0120000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC